blob: 00921dc9b42a04d81f92a9b437dc54805b454f0f [file] [log] [blame]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001/* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4:
2 *
3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar
4 *
5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions.
6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed.
7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code.
8 */
9
10/*
11 * misc1.c: functions that didn't seem to fit elsewhere
12 */
13
14#include "vim.h"
15#include "version.h"
16
17#ifdef HAVE_FCNTL_H
18# include <fcntl.h> /* for chdir() */
19#endif
20
21static char_u *vim_version_dir __ARGS((char_u *vimdir));
22static char_u *remove_tail __ARGS((char_u *p, char_u *pend, char_u *name));
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000023static int copy_indent __ARGS((int size, char_u *src));
24
25/*
26 * Count the size (in window cells) of the indent in the current line.
27 */
28 int
29get_indent()
30{
31 return get_indent_str(ml_get_curline(), (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
32}
33
34/*
35 * Count the size (in window cells) of the indent in line "lnum".
36 */
37 int
38get_indent_lnum(lnum)
39 linenr_T lnum;
40{
41 return get_indent_str(ml_get(lnum), (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
42}
43
44#if defined(FEAT_FOLDING) || defined(PROTO)
45/*
46 * Count the size (in window cells) of the indent in line "lnum" of buffer
47 * "buf".
48 */
49 int
50get_indent_buf(buf, lnum)
51 buf_T *buf;
52 linenr_T lnum;
53{
54 return get_indent_str(ml_get_buf(buf, lnum, FALSE), (int)buf->b_p_ts);
55}
56#endif
57
58/*
59 * count the size (in window cells) of the indent in line "ptr", with
60 * 'tabstop' at "ts"
61 */
Bram Moolenaar4399ef42005-02-12 14:29:27 +000062 int
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000063get_indent_str(ptr, ts)
64 char_u *ptr;
65 int ts;
66{
67 int count = 0;
68
69 for ( ; *ptr; ++ptr)
70 {
71 if (*ptr == TAB) /* count a tab for what it is worth */
72 count += ts - (count % ts);
73 else if (*ptr == ' ')
74 ++count; /* count a space for one */
75 else
76 break;
77 }
Bram Moolenaar4399ef42005-02-12 14:29:27 +000078 return count;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000079}
80
81/*
82 * Set the indent of the current line.
83 * Leaves the cursor on the first non-blank in the line.
84 * Caller must take care of undo.
85 * "flags":
86 * SIN_CHANGED: call changed_bytes() if the line was changed.
87 * SIN_INSERT: insert the indent in front of the line.
88 * SIN_UNDO: save line for undo before changing it.
89 * Returns TRUE if the line was changed.
90 */
91 int
92set_indent(size, flags)
93 int size;
94 int flags;
95{
96 char_u *p;
97 char_u *newline;
98 char_u *oldline;
99 char_u *s;
100 int todo;
101 int ind_len;
102 int line_len;
103 int doit = FALSE;
104 int ind_done;
105 int tab_pad;
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +0000106 int retval = FALSE;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000107
108 /*
109 * First check if there is anything to do and compute the number of
110 * characters needed for the indent.
111 */
112 todo = size;
113 ind_len = 0;
114 p = oldline = ml_get_curline();
115
116 /* Calculate the buffer size for the new indent, and check to see if it
117 * isn't already set */
118
119 /* if 'expandtab' isn't set: use TABs */
120 if (!curbuf->b_p_et)
121 {
122 /* If 'preserveindent' is set then reuse as much as possible of
123 * the existing indent structure for the new indent */
124 if (!(flags & SIN_INSERT) && curbuf->b_p_pi)
125 {
126 ind_done = 0;
127
128 /* count as many characters as we can use */
129 while (todo > 0 && vim_iswhite(*p))
130 {
131 if (*p == TAB)
132 {
133 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts
134 - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
135 /* stop if this tab will overshoot the target */
136 if (todo < tab_pad)
137 break;
138 todo -= tab_pad;
139 ++ind_len;
140 ind_done += tab_pad;
141 }
142 else
143 {
144 --todo;
145 ++ind_len;
146 ++ind_done;
147 }
148 ++p;
149 }
150
151 /* Fill to next tabstop with a tab, if possible */
152 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
153 if (todo >= tab_pad)
154 {
155 doit = TRUE;
156 todo -= tab_pad;
157 ++ind_len;
158 /* ind_done += tab_pad; */
159 }
160 }
161
162 /* count tabs required for indent */
163 while (todo >= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts)
164 {
165 if (*p != TAB)
166 doit = TRUE;
167 else
168 ++p;
169 todo -= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts;
170 ++ind_len;
171 /* ind_done += (int)curbuf->b_p_ts; */
172 }
173 }
174 /* count spaces required for indent */
175 while (todo > 0)
176 {
177 if (*p != ' ')
178 doit = TRUE;
179 else
180 ++p;
181 --todo;
182 ++ind_len;
183 /* ++ind_done; */
184 }
185
186 /* Return if the indent is OK already. */
187 if (!doit && !vim_iswhite(*p) && !(flags & SIN_INSERT))
188 return FALSE;
189
190 /* Allocate memory for the new line. */
191 if (flags & SIN_INSERT)
192 p = oldline;
193 else
194 p = skipwhite(p);
195 line_len = (int)STRLEN(p) + 1;
196 newline = alloc(ind_len + line_len);
197 if (newline == NULL)
198 return FALSE;
199
200 /* Put the characters in the new line. */
201 s = newline;
202 todo = size;
203 /* if 'expandtab' isn't set: use TABs */
204 if (!curbuf->b_p_et)
205 {
206 /* If 'preserveindent' is set then reuse as much as possible of
207 * the existing indent structure for the new indent */
208 if (!(flags & SIN_INSERT) && curbuf->b_p_pi)
209 {
210 p = oldline;
211 ind_done = 0;
212
213 while (todo > 0 && vim_iswhite(*p))
214 {
215 if (*p == TAB)
216 {
217 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts
218 - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
219 /* stop if this tab will overshoot the target */
220 if (todo < tab_pad)
221 break;
222 todo -= tab_pad;
223 ind_done += tab_pad;
224 }
225 else
226 {
227 --todo;
228 ++ind_done;
229 }
230 *s++ = *p++;
231 }
232
233 /* Fill to next tabstop with a tab, if possible */
234 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
235 if (todo >= tab_pad)
236 {
237 *s++ = TAB;
238 todo -= tab_pad;
239 }
240
241 p = skipwhite(p);
242 }
243
244 while (todo >= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts)
245 {
246 *s++ = TAB;
247 todo -= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts;
248 }
249 }
250 while (todo > 0)
251 {
252 *s++ = ' ';
253 --todo;
254 }
255 mch_memmove(s, p, (size_t)line_len);
256
257 /* Replace the line (unless undo fails). */
258 if (!(flags & SIN_UNDO) || u_savesub(curwin->w_cursor.lnum) == OK)
259 {
260 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, newline, FALSE);
261 if (flags & SIN_CHANGED)
262 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 0);
263 /* Correct saved cursor position if it's after the indent. */
264 if (saved_cursor.lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum
265 && saved_cursor.col >= (colnr_T)(p - oldline))
266 saved_cursor.col += ind_len - (p - oldline);
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +0000267 retval = TRUE;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000268 }
269 else
270 vim_free(newline);
271
272 curwin->w_cursor.col = ind_len;
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +0000273 return retval;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000274}
275
276/*
277 * Copy the indent from ptr to the current line (and fill to size)
278 * Leaves the cursor on the first non-blank in the line.
279 * Returns TRUE if the line was changed.
280 */
281 static int
282copy_indent(size, src)
283 int size;
284 char_u *src;
285{
286 char_u *p = NULL;
287 char_u *line = NULL;
288 char_u *s;
289 int todo;
290 int ind_len;
291 int line_len = 0;
292 int tab_pad;
293 int ind_done;
294 int round;
295
296 /* Round 1: compute the number of characters needed for the indent
297 * Round 2: copy the characters. */
298 for (round = 1; round <= 2; ++round)
299 {
300 todo = size;
301 ind_len = 0;
302 ind_done = 0;
303 s = src;
304
305 /* Count/copy the usable portion of the source line */
306 while (todo > 0 && vim_iswhite(*s))
307 {
308 if (*s == TAB)
309 {
310 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts
311 - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
312 /* Stop if this tab will overshoot the target */
313 if (todo < tab_pad)
314 break;
315 todo -= tab_pad;
316 ind_done += tab_pad;
317 }
318 else
319 {
320 --todo;
321 ++ind_done;
322 }
323 ++ind_len;
324 if (round == 2)
325 *p++ = *s;
326 ++s;
327 }
328
329 /* Fill to next tabstop with a tab, if possible */
330 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
331 if (todo >= tab_pad)
332 {
333 todo -= tab_pad;
334 ++ind_len;
335 if (round == 2)
336 *p++ = TAB;
337 }
338
339 /* Add tabs required for indent */
340 while (todo >= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts)
341 {
342 todo -= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts;
343 ++ind_len;
344 if (round == 2)
345 *p++ = TAB;
346 }
347
348 /* Count/add spaces required for indent */
349 while (todo > 0)
350 {
351 --todo;
352 ++ind_len;
353 if (round == 2)
354 *p++ = ' ';
355 }
356
357 if (round == 1)
358 {
359 /* Allocate memory for the result: the copied indent, new indent
360 * and the rest of the line. */
361 line_len = (int)STRLEN(ml_get_curline()) + 1;
362 line = alloc(ind_len + line_len);
363 if (line == NULL)
364 return FALSE;
365 p = line;
366 }
367 }
368
369 /* Append the original line */
370 mch_memmove(p, ml_get_curline(), (size_t)line_len);
371
372 /* Replace the line */
373 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, line, FALSE);
374
375 /* Put the cursor after the indent. */
376 curwin->w_cursor.col = ind_len;
377 return TRUE;
378}
379
380/*
381 * Return the indent of the current line after a number. Return -1 if no
382 * number was found. Used for 'n' in 'formatoptions': numbered list.
Bram Moolenaar86b68352004-12-27 21:59:20 +0000383 * Since a pattern is used it can actually handle more than numbers.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000384 */
385 int
386get_number_indent(lnum)
387 linenr_T lnum;
388{
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000389 colnr_T col;
390 pos_T pos;
Bram Moolenaar86b68352004-12-27 21:59:20 +0000391 regmmatch_T regmatch;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000392
393 if (lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
394 return -1;
Bram Moolenaar86b68352004-12-27 21:59:20 +0000395 pos.lnum = 0;
396 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(curbuf->b_p_flp, RE_MAGIC);
397 if (regmatch.regprog != NULL)
398 {
399 regmatch.rmm_ic = FALSE;
Bram Moolenaar3b56eb32005-07-11 22:40:32 +0000400 regmatch.rmm_maxcol = 0;
Bram Moolenaar86b68352004-12-27 21:59:20 +0000401 if (vim_regexec_multi(&regmatch, curwin, curbuf, lnum, (colnr_T)0))
402 {
403 pos.lnum = regmatch.endpos[0].lnum + lnum;
404 pos.col = regmatch.endpos[0].col;
405#ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
406 pos.coladd = 0;
407#endif
408 }
409 vim_free(regmatch.regprog);
410 }
411
412 if (pos.lnum == 0 || *ml_get_pos(&pos) == NUL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000413 return -1;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000414 getvcol(curwin, &pos, &col, NULL, NULL);
415 return (int)col;
416}
417
418#if defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(FEAT_SMARTINDENT)
419
420static int cin_is_cinword __ARGS((char_u *line));
421
422/*
423 * Return TRUE if the string "line" starts with a word from 'cinwords'.
424 */
425 static int
426cin_is_cinword(line)
427 char_u *line;
428{
429 char_u *cinw;
430 char_u *cinw_buf;
431 int cinw_len;
432 int retval = FALSE;
433 int len;
434
435 cinw_len = (int)STRLEN(curbuf->b_p_cinw) + 1;
436 cinw_buf = alloc((unsigned)cinw_len);
437 if (cinw_buf != NULL)
438 {
439 line = skipwhite(line);
440 for (cinw = curbuf->b_p_cinw; *cinw; )
441 {
442 len = copy_option_part(&cinw, cinw_buf, cinw_len, ",");
443 if (STRNCMP(line, cinw_buf, len) == 0
444 && (!vim_iswordc(line[len]) || !vim_iswordc(line[len - 1])))
445 {
446 retval = TRUE;
447 break;
448 }
449 }
450 vim_free(cinw_buf);
451 }
452 return retval;
453}
454#endif
455
456/*
457 * open_line: Add a new line below or above the current line.
458 *
459 * For VREPLACE mode, we only add a new line when we get to the end of the
460 * file, otherwise we just start replacing the next line.
461 *
462 * Caller must take care of undo. Since VREPLACE may affect any number of
463 * lines however, it may call u_save_cursor() again when starting to change a
464 * new line.
465 * "flags": OPENLINE_DELSPACES delete spaces after cursor
466 * OPENLINE_DO_COM format comments
467 * OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL keep trailing spaces
468 * OPENLINE_MARKFIX adjust mark positions after the line break
469 *
470 * Return TRUE for success, FALSE for failure
471 */
472 int
473open_line(dir, flags, old_indent)
474 int dir; /* FORWARD or BACKWARD */
475 int flags;
476 int old_indent; /* indent for after ^^D in Insert mode */
477{
478 char_u *saved_line; /* copy of the original line */
479 char_u *next_line = NULL; /* copy of the next line */
480 char_u *p_extra = NULL; /* what goes to next line */
481 int less_cols = 0; /* less columns for mark in new line */
482 int less_cols_off = 0; /* columns to skip for mark adjust */
483 pos_T old_cursor; /* old cursor position */
484 int newcol = 0; /* new cursor column */
485 int newindent = 0; /* auto-indent of the new line */
486 int n;
487 int trunc_line = FALSE; /* truncate current line afterwards */
488 int retval = FALSE; /* return value, default is FAIL */
489#ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
490 int extra_len = 0; /* length of p_extra string */
491 int lead_len; /* length of comment leader */
492 char_u *lead_flags; /* position in 'comments' for comment leader */
493 char_u *leader = NULL; /* copy of comment leader */
494#endif
495 char_u *allocated = NULL; /* allocated memory */
496#if defined(FEAT_SMARTINDENT) || defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_LISP) \
497 || defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS)
498 char_u *p;
499#endif
500 int saved_char = NUL; /* init for GCC */
501#if defined(FEAT_SMARTINDENT) || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS)
502 pos_T *pos;
503#endif
504#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
505 int do_si = (!p_paste && curbuf->b_p_si
506# ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
507 && !curbuf->b_p_cin
508# endif
509 );
510 int no_si = FALSE; /* reset did_si afterwards */
511 int first_char = NUL; /* init for GCC */
512#endif
513#if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) && (defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT))
514 int vreplace_mode;
515#endif
516 int did_append; /* appended a new line */
517 int saved_pi = curbuf->b_p_pi; /* copy of preserveindent setting */
518
519 /*
520 * make a copy of the current line so we can mess with it
521 */
522 saved_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline());
523 if (saved_line == NULL) /* out of memory! */
524 return FALSE;
525
526#ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
527 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
528 {
529 /*
530 * With VREPLACE we make a copy of the next line, which we will be
531 * starting to replace. First make the new line empty and let vim play
532 * with the indenting and comment leader to its heart's content. Then
533 * we grab what it ended up putting on the new line, put back the
534 * original line, and call ins_char() to put each new character onto
535 * the line, replacing what was there before and pushing the right
536 * stuff onto the replace stack. -- webb.
537 */
538 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < orig_line_count)
539 next_line = vim_strsave(ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1));
540 else
541 next_line = vim_strsave((char_u *)"");
542 if (next_line == NULL) /* out of memory! */
543 goto theend;
544
545 /*
546 * In VREPLACE mode, a NL replaces the rest of the line, and starts
547 * replacing the next line, so push all of the characters left on the
548 * line onto the replace stack. We'll push any other characters that
549 * might be replaced at the start of the next line (due to autoindent
550 * etc) a bit later.
551 */
552 replace_push(NUL); /* Call twice because BS over NL expects it */
553 replace_push(NUL);
554 p = saved_line + curwin->w_cursor.col;
555 while (*p != NUL)
556 replace_push(*p++);
557 saved_line[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL;
558 }
559#endif
560
561 if ((State & INSERT)
562#ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
563 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
564#endif
565 )
566 {
567 p_extra = saved_line + curwin->w_cursor.col;
568#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
569 if (do_si) /* need first char after new line break */
570 {
571 p = skipwhite(p_extra);
572 first_char = *p;
573 }
574#endif
575#ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
576 extra_len = (int)STRLEN(p_extra);
577#endif
578 saved_char = *p_extra;
579 *p_extra = NUL;
580 }
581
582 u_clearline(); /* cannot do "U" command when adding lines */
583#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
584 did_si = FALSE;
585#endif
586 ai_col = 0;
587
588 /*
589 * If we just did an auto-indent, then we didn't type anything on
590 * the prior line, and it should be truncated. Do this even if 'ai' is not
591 * set because automatically inserting a comment leader also sets did_ai.
592 */
593 if (dir == FORWARD && did_ai)
594 trunc_line = TRUE;
595
596 /*
597 * If 'autoindent' and/or 'smartindent' is set, try to figure out what
598 * indent to use for the new line.
599 */
600 if (curbuf->b_p_ai
601#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
602 || do_si
603#endif
604 )
605 {
606 /*
607 * count white space on current line
608 */
609 newindent = get_indent_str(saved_line, (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
610 if (newindent == 0)
611 newindent = old_indent; /* for ^^D command in insert mode */
612
613#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
614 /*
615 * Do smart indenting.
616 * In insert/replace mode (only when dir == FORWARD)
617 * we may move some text to the next line. If it starts with '{'
618 * don't add an indent. Fixes inserting a NL before '{' in line
619 * "if (condition) {"
620 */
621 if (!trunc_line && do_si && *saved_line != NUL
622 && (p_extra == NULL || first_char != '{'))
623 {
624 char_u *ptr;
625 char_u last_char;
626
627 old_cursor = curwin->w_cursor;
628 ptr = saved_line;
629# ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
630 if (flags & OPENLINE_DO_COM)
631 lead_len = get_leader_len(ptr, NULL, FALSE);
632 else
633 lead_len = 0;
634# endif
635 if (dir == FORWARD)
636 {
637 /*
638 * Skip preprocessor directives, unless they are
639 * recognised as comments.
640 */
641 if (
642# ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
643 lead_len == 0 &&
644# endif
645 ptr[0] == '#')
646 {
647 while (ptr[0] == '#' && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
648 ptr = ml_get(--curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
649 newindent = get_indent();
650 }
651# ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
652 if (flags & OPENLINE_DO_COM)
653 lead_len = get_leader_len(ptr, NULL, FALSE);
654 else
655 lead_len = 0;
656 if (lead_len > 0)
657 {
658 /*
659 * This case gets the following right:
660 * \*
661 * * A comment (read '\' as '/').
662 * *\
663 * #define IN_THE_WAY
664 * This should line up here;
665 */
666 p = skipwhite(ptr);
667 if (p[0] == '/' && p[1] == '*')
668 p++;
669 if (p[0] == '*')
670 {
671 for (p++; *p; p++)
672 {
673 if (p[0] == '/' && p[-1] == '*')
674 {
675 /*
676 * End of C comment, indent should line up
677 * with the line containing the start of
678 * the comment
679 */
680 curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)(p - ptr);
681 if ((pos = findmatch(NULL, NUL)) != NULL)
682 {
683 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
684 newindent = get_indent();
685 }
686 }
687 }
688 }
689 }
690 else /* Not a comment line */
691# endif
692 {
693 /* Find last non-blank in line */
694 p = ptr + STRLEN(ptr) - 1;
695 while (p > ptr && vim_iswhite(*p))
696 --p;
697 last_char = *p;
698
699 /*
700 * find the character just before the '{' or ';'
701 */
702 if (last_char == '{' || last_char == ';')
703 {
704 if (p > ptr)
705 --p;
706 while (p > ptr && vim_iswhite(*p))
707 --p;
708 }
709 /*
710 * Try to catch lines that are split over multiple
711 * lines. eg:
712 * if (condition &&
713 * condition) {
714 * Should line up here!
715 * }
716 */
717 if (*p == ')')
718 {
719 curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)(p - ptr);
720 if ((pos = findmatch(NULL, '(')) != NULL)
721 {
722 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
723 newindent = get_indent();
724 ptr = ml_get_curline();
725 }
726 }
727 /*
728 * If last character is '{' do indent, without
729 * checking for "if" and the like.
730 */
731 if (last_char == '{')
732 {
733 did_si = TRUE; /* do indent */
734 no_si = TRUE; /* don't delete it when '{' typed */
735 }
736 /*
737 * Look for "if" and the like, use 'cinwords'.
738 * Don't do this if the previous line ended in ';' or
739 * '}'.
740 */
741 else if (last_char != ';' && last_char != '}'
742 && cin_is_cinword(ptr))
743 did_si = TRUE;
744 }
745 }
746 else /* dir == BACKWARD */
747 {
748 /*
749 * Skip preprocessor directives, unless they are
750 * recognised as comments.
751 */
752 if (
753# ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
754 lead_len == 0 &&
755# endif
756 ptr[0] == '#')
757 {
758 int was_backslashed = FALSE;
759
760 while ((ptr[0] == '#' || was_backslashed) &&
761 curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
762 {
763 if (*ptr && ptr[STRLEN(ptr) - 1] == '\\')
764 was_backslashed = TRUE;
765 else
766 was_backslashed = FALSE;
767 ptr = ml_get(++curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
768 }
769 if (was_backslashed)
770 newindent = 0; /* Got to end of file */
771 else
772 newindent = get_indent();
773 }
774 p = skipwhite(ptr);
775 if (*p == '}') /* if line starts with '}': do indent */
776 did_si = TRUE;
777 else /* can delete indent when '{' typed */
778 can_si_back = TRUE;
779 }
780 curwin->w_cursor = old_cursor;
781 }
782 if (do_si)
783 can_si = TRUE;
784#endif /* FEAT_SMARTINDENT */
785
786 did_ai = TRUE;
787 }
788
789#ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
790 /*
791 * Find out if the current line starts with a comment leader.
792 * This may then be inserted in front of the new line.
793 */
794 end_comment_pending = NUL;
795 if (flags & OPENLINE_DO_COM)
796 lead_len = get_leader_len(saved_line, &lead_flags, dir == BACKWARD);
797 else
798 lead_len = 0;
799 if (lead_len > 0)
800 {
801 char_u *lead_repl = NULL; /* replaces comment leader */
802 int lead_repl_len = 0; /* length of *lead_repl */
803 char_u lead_middle[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* middle-comment string */
804 char_u lead_end[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* end-comment string */
805 char_u *comment_end = NULL; /* where lead_end has been found */
806 int extra_space = FALSE; /* append extra space */
807 int current_flag;
808 int require_blank = FALSE; /* requires blank after middle */
809 char_u *p2;
810
811 /*
812 * If the comment leader has the start, middle or end flag, it may not
813 * be used or may be replaced with the middle leader.
814 */
815 for (p = lead_flags; *p && *p != ':'; ++p)
816 {
817 if (*p == COM_BLANK)
818 {
819 require_blank = TRUE;
820 continue;
821 }
822 if (*p == COM_START || *p == COM_MIDDLE)
823 {
824 current_flag = *p;
825 if (*p == COM_START)
826 {
827 /*
828 * Doing "O" on a start of comment does not insert leader.
829 */
830 if (dir == BACKWARD)
831 {
832 lead_len = 0;
833 break;
834 }
835
836 /* find start of middle part */
837 (void)copy_option_part(&p, lead_middle, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
838 require_blank = FALSE;
839 }
840
841 /*
842 * Isolate the strings of the middle and end leader.
843 */
844 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of middle flags */
845 {
846 if (*p == COM_BLANK)
847 require_blank = TRUE;
848 ++p;
849 }
850 (void)copy_option_part(&p, lead_middle, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
851
852 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of end flags */
853 {
854 /* Check whether we allow automatic ending of comments */
855 if (*p == COM_AUTO_END)
856 end_comment_pending = -1; /* means we want to set it */
857 ++p;
858 }
859 n = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
860
861 if (end_comment_pending == -1) /* we can set it now */
862 end_comment_pending = lead_end[n - 1];
863
864 /*
865 * If the end of the comment is in the same line, don't use
866 * the comment leader.
867 */
868 if (dir == FORWARD)
869 {
870 for (p = saved_line + lead_len; *p; ++p)
871 if (STRNCMP(p, lead_end, n) == 0)
872 {
873 comment_end = p;
874 lead_len = 0;
875 break;
876 }
877 }
878
879 /*
880 * Doing "o" on a start of comment inserts the middle leader.
881 */
882 if (lead_len > 0)
883 {
884 if (current_flag == COM_START)
885 {
886 lead_repl = lead_middle;
887 lead_repl_len = (int)STRLEN(lead_middle);
888 }
889
890 /*
891 * If we have hit RETURN immediately after the start
892 * comment leader, then put a space after the middle
893 * comment leader on the next line.
894 */
895 if (!vim_iswhite(saved_line[lead_len - 1])
896 && ((p_extra != NULL
897 && (int)curwin->w_cursor.col == lead_len)
898 || (p_extra == NULL
899 && saved_line[lead_len] == NUL)
900 || require_blank))
901 extra_space = TRUE;
902 }
903 break;
904 }
905 if (*p == COM_END)
906 {
907 /*
908 * Doing "o" on the end of a comment does not insert leader.
909 * Remember where the end is, might want to use it to find the
910 * start (for C-comments).
911 */
912 if (dir == FORWARD)
913 {
914 comment_end = skipwhite(saved_line);
915 lead_len = 0;
916 break;
917 }
918
919 /*
920 * Doing "O" on the end of a comment inserts the middle leader.
921 * Find the string for the middle leader, searching backwards.
922 */
923 while (p > curbuf->b_p_com && *p != ',')
924 --p;
925 for (lead_repl = p; lead_repl > curbuf->b_p_com
926 && lead_repl[-1] != ':'; --lead_repl)
927 ;
928 lead_repl_len = (int)(p - lead_repl);
929
930 /* We can probably always add an extra space when doing "O" on
931 * the comment-end */
932 extra_space = TRUE;
933
934 /* Check whether we allow automatic ending of comments */
935 for (p2 = p; *p2 && *p2 != ':'; p2++)
936 {
937 if (*p2 == COM_AUTO_END)
938 end_comment_pending = -1; /* means we want to set it */
939 }
940 if (end_comment_pending == -1)
941 {
942 /* Find last character in end-comment string */
943 while (*p2 && *p2 != ',')
944 p2++;
945 end_comment_pending = p2[-1];
946 }
947 break;
948 }
949 if (*p == COM_FIRST)
950 {
951 /*
952 * Comment leader for first line only: Don't repeat leader
953 * when using "O", blank out leader when using "o".
954 */
955 if (dir == BACKWARD)
956 lead_len = 0;
957 else
958 {
959 lead_repl = (char_u *)"";
960 lead_repl_len = 0;
961 }
962 break;
963 }
964 }
965 if (lead_len)
966 {
967 /* allocate buffer (may concatenate p_exta later) */
968 leader = alloc(lead_len + lead_repl_len + extra_space +
969 extra_len + 1);
970 allocated = leader; /* remember to free it later */
971
972 if (leader == NULL)
973 lead_len = 0;
974 else
975 {
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +0000976 vim_strncpy(leader, saved_line, lead_len);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000977
978 /*
979 * Replace leader with lead_repl, right or left adjusted
980 */
981 if (lead_repl != NULL)
982 {
983 int c = 0;
984 int off = 0;
985
986 for (p = lead_flags; *p && *p != ':'; ++p)
987 {
988 if (*p == COM_RIGHT || *p == COM_LEFT)
989 c = *p;
990 else if (VIM_ISDIGIT(*p) || *p == '-')
991 off = getdigits(&p);
992 }
993 if (c == COM_RIGHT) /* right adjusted leader */
994 {
995 /* find last non-white in the leader to line up with */
996 for (p = leader + lead_len - 1; p > leader
997 && vim_iswhite(*p); --p)
998 ;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000999 ++p;
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001000
1001#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1002 /* Compute the length of the replaced characters in
1003 * screen characters, not bytes. */
1004 {
1005 int repl_size = vim_strnsize(lead_repl,
1006 lead_repl_len);
1007 int old_size = 0;
1008 char_u *endp = p;
1009 int l;
1010
1011 while (old_size < repl_size && p > leader)
1012 {
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00001013 mb_ptr_back(leader, p);
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001014 old_size += ptr2cells(p);
1015 }
1016 l = lead_repl_len - (endp - p);
1017 if (l != 0)
1018 mch_memmove(endp + l, endp,
1019 (size_t)((leader + lead_len) - endp));
1020 lead_len += l;
1021 }
1022#else
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001023 if (p < leader + lead_repl_len)
1024 p = leader;
1025 else
1026 p -= lead_repl_len;
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001027#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001028 mch_memmove(p, lead_repl, (size_t)lead_repl_len);
1029 if (p + lead_repl_len > leader + lead_len)
1030 p[lead_repl_len] = NUL;
1031
1032 /* blank-out any other chars from the old leader. */
1033 while (--p >= leader)
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001034 {
1035#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1036 int l = mb_head_off(leader, p);
1037
1038 if (l > 1)
1039 {
1040 p -= l;
1041 if (ptr2cells(p) > 1)
1042 {
1043 p[1] = ' ';
1044 --l;
1045 }
1046 mch_memmove(p + 1, p + l + 1,
1047 (size_t)((leader + lead_len) - (p + l + 1)));
1048 lead_len -= l;
1049 *p = ' ';
1050 }
1051 else
1052#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001053 if (!vim_iswhite(*p))
1054 *p = ' ';
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001055 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001056 }
1057 else /* left adjusted leader */
1058 {
1059 p = skipwhite(leader);
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001060#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1061 /* Compute the length of the replaced characters in
1062 * screen characters, not bytes. Move the part that is
1063 * not to be overwritten. */
1064 {
1065 int repl_size = vim_strnsize(lead_repl,
1066 lead_repl_len);
1067 int i;
1068 int l;
1069
1070 for (i = 0; p[i] != NUL && i < lead_len; i += l)
1071 {
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00001072 l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p + i);
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001073 if (vim_strnsize(p, i + l) > repl_size)
1074 break;
1075 }
1076 if (i != lead_repl_len)
1077 {
1078 mch_memmove(p + lead_repl_len, p + i,
1079 (size_t)(lead_len - i - (leader - p)));
1080 lead_len += lead_repl_len - i;
1081 }
1082 }
1083#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001084 mch_memmove(p, lead_repl, (size_t)lead_repl_len);
1085
1086 /* Replace any remaining non-white chars in the old
1087 * leader by spaces. Keep Tabs, the indent must
1088 * remain the same. */
1089 for (p += lead_repl_len; p < leader + lead_len; ++p)
1090 if (!vim_iswhite(*p))
1091 {
1092 /* Don't put a space before a TAB. */
1093 if (p + 1 < leader + lead_len && p[1] == TAB)
1094 {
1095 --lead_len;
1096 mch_memmove(p, p + 1,
1097 (leader + lead_len) - p);
1098 }
1099 else
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001100 {
1101#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00001102 int l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p);
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001103
1104 if (l > 1)
1105 {
1106 if (ptr2cells(p) > 1)
1107 {
1108 /* Replace a double-wide char with
1109 * two spaces */
1110 --l;
1111 *p++ = ' ';
1112 }
1113 mch_memmove(p + 1, p + l,
1114 (leader + lead_len) - p);
1115 lead_len -= l - 1;
1116 }
1117#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001118 *p = ' ';
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001119 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001120 }
1121 *p = NUL;
1122 }
1123
1124 /* Recompute the indent, it may have changed. */
1125 if (curbuf->b_p_ai
1126#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
1127 || do_si
1128#endif
1129 )
1130 newindent = get_indent_str(leader, (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
1131
1132 /* Add the indent offset */
1133 if (newindent + off < 0)
1134 {
1135 off = -newindent;
1136 newindent = 0;
1137 }
1138 else
1139 newindent += off;
1140
1141 /* Correct trailing spaces for the shift, so that
1142 * alignment remains equal. */
1143 while (off > 0 && lead_len > 0
1144 && leader[lead_len - 1] == ' ')
1145 {
1146 /* Don't do it when there is a tab before the space */
1147 if (vim_strchr(skipwhite(leader), '\t') != NULL)
1148 break;
1149 --lead_len;
1150 --off;
1151 }
1152
1153 /* If the leader ends in white space, don't add an
1154 * extra space */
1155 if (lead_len > 0 && vim_iswhite(leader[lead_len - 1]))
1156 extra_space = FALSE;
1157 leader[lead_len] = NUL;
1158 }
1159
1160 if (extra_space)
1161 {
1162 leader[lead_len++] = ' ';
1163 leader[lead_len] = NUL;
1164 }
1165
1166 newcol = lead_len;
1167
1168 /*
1169 * if a new indent will be set below, remove the indent that
1170 * is in the comment leader
1171 */
1172 if (newindent
1173#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
1174 || did_si
1175#endif
1176 )
1177 {
1178 while (lead_len && vim_iswhite(*leader))
1179 {
1180 --lead_len;
1181 --newcol;
1182 ++leader;
1183 }
1184 }
1185
1186 }
1187#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
1188 did_si = can_si = FALSE;
1189#endif
1190 }
1191 else if (comment_end != NULL)
1192 {
1193 /*
1194 * We have finished a comment, so we don't use the leader.
1195 * If this was a C-comment and 'ai' or 'si' is set do a normal
1196 * indent to align with the line containing the start of the
1197 * comment.
1198 */
1199 if (comment_end[0] == '*' && comment_end[1] == '/' &&
1200 (curbuf->b_p_ai
1201#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
1202 || do_si
1203#endif
1204 ))
1205 {
1206 old_cursor = curwin->w_cursor;
1207 curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)(comment_end - saved_line);
1208 if ((pos = findmatch(NULL, NUL)) != NULL)
1209 {
1210 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
1211 newindent = get_indent();
1212 }
1213 curwin->w_cursor = old_cursor;
1214 }
1215 }
1216 }
1217#endif
1218
1219 /* (State == INSERT || State == REPLACE), only when dir == FORWARD */
1220 if (p_extra != NULL)
1221 {
1222 *p_extra = saved_char; /* restore char that NUL replaced */
1223
1224 /*
1225 * When 'ai' set or "flags" has OPENLINE_DELSPACES, skip to the first
1226 * non-blank.
1227 *
1228 * When in REPLACE mode, put the deleted blanks on the replace stack,
1229 * preceded by a NUL, so they can be put back when a BS is entered.
1230 */
1231 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State))
1232 replace_push(NUL); /* end of extra blanks */
1233 if (curbuf->b_p_ai || (flags & OPENLINE_DELSPACES))
1234 {
1235 while ((*p_extra == ' ' || *p_extra == '\t')
1236#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1237 && (!enc_utf8
1238 || !utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(p_extra + 1)))
1239#endif
1240 )
1241 {
1242 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State))
1243 replace_push(*p_extra);
1244 ++p_extra;
1245 ++less_cols_off;
1246 }
1247 }
1248 if (*p_extra != NUL)
1249 did_ai = FALSE; /* append some text, don't truncate now */
1250
1251 /* columns for marks adjusted for removed columns */
1252 less_cols = (int)(p_extra - saved_line);
1253 }
1254
1255 if (p_extra == NULL)
1256 p_extra = (char_u *)""; /* append empty line */
1257
1258#ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
1259 /* concatenate leader and p_extra, if there is a leader */
1260 if (lead_len)
1261 {
1262 STRCAT(leader, p_extra);
1263 p_extra = leader;
1264 did_ai = TRUE; /* So truncating blanks works with comments */
1265 less_cols -= lead_len;
1266 }
1267 else
1268 end_comment_pending = NUL; /* turns out there was no leader */
1269#endif
1270
1271 old_cursor = curwin->w_cursor;
1272 if (dir == BACKWARD)
1273 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
1274#ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
1275 if (!(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) || old_cursor.lnum >= orig_line_count)
1276#endif
1277 {
1278 if (ml_append(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, p_extra, (colnr_T)0, FALSE)
1279 == FAIL)
1280 goto theend;
1281 /* Postpone calling changed_lines(), because it would mess up folding
1282 * with markers. */
1283 mark_adjust(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1, (linenr_T)MAXLNUM, 1L, 0L);
1284 did_append = TRUE;
1285 }
1286#ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
1287 else
1288 {
1289 /*
1290 * In VREPLACE mode we are starting to replace the next line.
1291 */
1292 curwin->w_cursor.lnum++;
1293 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum >= Insstart.lnum + vr_lines_changed)
1294 {
1295 /* In case we NL to a new line, BS to the previous one, and NL
1296 * again, we don't want to save the new line for undo twice.
1297 */
1298 (void)u_save_cursor(); /* errors are ignored! */
1299 vr_lines_changed++;
1300 }
1301 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, p_extra, TRUE);
1302 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 0);
1303 curwin->w_cursor.lnum--;
1304 did_append = FALSE;
1305 }
1306#endif
1307
1308 if (newindent
1309#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
1310 || did_si
1311#endif
1312 )
1313 {
1314 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
1315#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
1316 if (did_si)
1317 {
1318 if (p_sr)
1319 newindent -= newindent % (int)curbuf->b_p_sw;
1320 newindent += (int)curbuf->b_p_sw;
1321 }
1322#endif
1323 /* Copy the indent only if expand tab is disabled */
1324 if (curbuf->b_p_ci && !curbuf->b_p_et)
1325 {
1326 (void)copy_indent(newindent, saved_line);
1327
1328 /*
1329 * Set the 'preserveindent' option so that any further screwing
1330 * with the line doesn't entirely destroy our efforts to preserve
1331 * it. It gets restored at the function end.
1332 */
1333 curbuf->b_p_pi = TRUE;
1334 }
1335 else
1336 (void)set_indent(newindent, SIN_INSERT);
1337 less_cols -= curwin->w_cursor.col;
1338
1339 ai_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
1340
1341 /*
1342 * In REPLACE mode, for each character in the new indent, there must
1343 * be a NUL on the replace stack, for when it is deleted with BS
1344 */
1345 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State))
1346 for (n = 0; n < (int)curwin->w_cursor.col; ++n)
1347 replace_push(NUL);
1348 newcol += curwin->w_cursor.col;
1349#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
1350 if (no_si)
1351 did_si = FALSE;
1352#endif
1353 }
1354
1355#ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
1356 /*
1357 * In REPLACE mode, for each character in the extra leader, there must be
1358 * a NUL on the replace stack, for when it is deleted with BS.
1359 */
1360 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State))
1361 while (lead_len-- > 0)
1362 replace_push(NUL);
1363#endif
1364
1365 curwin->w_cursor = old_cursor;
1366
1367 if (dir == FORWARD)
1368 {
1369 if (trunc_line || (State & INSERT))
1370 {
1371 /* truncate current line at cursor */
1372 saved_line[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL;
1373 /* Remove trailing white space, unless OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL used. */
1374 if (trunc_line && !(flags & OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL))
1375 truncate_spaces(saved_line);
1376 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, saved_line, FALSE);
1377 saved_line = NULL;
1378 if (did_append)
1379 {
1380 changed_lines(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col,
1381 curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1, 1L);
1382 did_append = FALSE;
1383
1384 /* Move marks after the line break to the new line. */
1385 if (flags & OPENLINE_MARKFIX)
1386 mark_col_adjust(curwin->w_cursor.lnum,
1387 curwin->w_cursor.col + less_cols_off,
1388 1L, (long)-less_cols);
1389 }
1390 else
1391 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col);
1392 }
1393
1394 /*
1395 * Put the cursor on the new line. Careful: the scrollup() above may
1396 * have moved w_cursor, we must use old_cursor.
1397 */
1398 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = old_cursor.lnum + 1;
1399 }
1400 if (did_append)
1401 changed_lines(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 0, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 1L);
1402
1403 curwin->w_cursor.col = newcol;
1404#ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
1405 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
1406#endif
1407
1408#if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) && (defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT))
1409 /*
1410 * In VREPLACE mode, we are handling the replace stack ourselves, so stop
1411 * fixthisline() from doing it (via change_indent()) by telling it we're in
1412 * normal INSERT mode.
1413 */
1414 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
1415 {
1416 vreplace_mode = State; /* So we know to put things right later */
1417 State = INSERT;
1418 }
1419 else
1420 vreplace_mode = 0;
1421#endif
1422#ifdef FEAT_LISP
1423 /*
1424 * May do lisp indenting.
1425 */
1426 if (!p_paste
1427# ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
1428 && leader == NULL
1429# endif
1430 && curbuf->b_p_lisp
1431 && curbuf->b_p_ai)
1432 {
1433 fixthisline(get_lisp_indent);
1434 p = ml_get_curline();
1435 ai_col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(p) - p);
1436 }
1437#endif
1438#ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
1439 /*
1440 * May do indenting after opening a new line.
1441 */
1442 if (!p_paste
1443 && (curbuf->b_p_cin
1444# ifdef FEAT_EVAL
1445 || *curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL
1446# endif
1447 )
1448 && in_cinkeys(dir == FORWARD
1449 ? KEY_OPEN_FORW
1450 : KEY_OPEN_BACK, ' ', linewhite(curwin->w_cursor.lnum)))
1451 {
1452 do_c_expr_indent();
1453 p = ml_get_curline();
1454 ai_col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(p) - p);
1455 }
1456#endif
1457#if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) && (defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT))
1458 if (vreplace_mode != 0)
1459 State = vreplace_mode;
1460#endif
1461
1462#ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
1463 /*
1464 * Finally, VREPLACE gets the stuff on the new line, then puts back the
1465 * original line, and inserts the new stuff char by char, pushing old stuff
1466 * onto the replace stack (via ins_char()).
1467 */
1468 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
1469 {
1470 /* Put new line in p_extra */
1471 p_extra = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline());
1472 if (p_extra == NULL)
1473 goto theend;
1474
1475 /* Put back original line */
1476 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, next_line, FALSE);
1477
1478 /* Insert new stuff into line again */
1479 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
1480#ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
1481 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
1482#endif
1483 ins_bytes(p_extra); /* will call changed_bytes() */
1484 vim_free(p_extra);
1485 next_line = NULL;
1486 }
1487#endif
1488
1489 retval = TRUE; /* success! */
1490theend:
1491 curbuf->b_p_pi = saved_pi;
1492 vim_free(saved_line);
1493 vim_free(next_line);
1494 vim_free(allocated);
1495 return retval;
1496}
1497
1498#if defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) || defined(PROTO)
1499/*
1500 * get_leader_len() returns the length of the prefix of the given string
1501 * which introduces a comment. If this string is not a comment then 0 is
1502 * returned.
1503 * When "flags" is not NULL, it is set to point to the flags of the recognized
1504 * comment leader.
1505 * "backward" must be true for the "O" command.
1506 */
1507 int
1508get_leader_len(line, flags, backward)
1509 char_u *line;
1510 char_u **flags;
1511 int backward;
1512{
1513 int i, j;
1514 int got_com = FALSE;
1515 int found_one;
1516 char_u part_buf[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* buffer for one option part */
1517 char_u *string; /* pointer to comment string */
1518 char_u *list;
1519
1520 i = 0;
1521 while (vim_iswhite(line[i])) /* leading white space is ignored */
1522 ++i;
1523
1524 /*
1525 * Repeat to match several nested comment strings.
1526 */
1527 while (line[i])
1528 {
1529 /*
1530 * scan through the 'comments' option for a match
1531 */
1532 found_one = FALSE;
1533 for (list = curbuf->b_p_com; *list; )
1534 {
1535 /*
1536 * Get one option part into part_buf[]. Advance list to next one.
1537 * put string at start of string.
1538 */
1539 if (!got_com && flags != NULL) /* remember where flags started */
1540 *flags = list;
1541 (void)copy_option_part(&list, part_buf, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
1542 string = vim_strchr(part_buf, ':');
1543 if (string == NULL) /* missing ':', ignore this part */
1544 continue;
1545 *string++ = NUL; /* isolate flags from string */
1546
1547 /*
1548 * When already found a nested comment, only accept further
1549 * nested comments.
1550 */
1551 if (got_com && vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_NEST) == NULL)
1552 continue;
1553
1554 /* When 'O' flag used don't use for "O" command */
1555 if (backward && vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_NOBACK) != NULL)
1556 continue;
1557
1558 /*
1559 * Line contents and string must match.
1560 * When string starts with white space, must have some white space
1561 * (but the amount does not need to match, there might be a mix of
1562 * TABs and spaces).
1563 */
1564 if (vim_iswhite(string[0]))
1565 {
1566 if (i == 0 || !vim_iswhite(line[i - 1]))
1567 continue;
1568 while (vim_iswhite(string[0]))
1569 ++string;
1570 }
1571 for (j = 0; string[j] != NUL && string[j] == line[i + j]; ++j)
1572 ;
1573 if (string[j] != NUL)
1574 continue;
1575
1576 /*
1577 * When 'b' flag used, there must be white space or an
1578 * end-of-line after the string in the line.
1579 */
1580 if (vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_BLANK) != NULL
1581 && !vim_iswhite(line[i + j]) && line[i + j] != NUL)
1582 continue;
1583
1584 /*
1585 * We have found a match, stop searching.
1586 */
1587 i += j;
1588 got_com = TRUE;
1589 found_one = TRUE;
1590 break;
1591 }
1592
1593 /*
1594 * No match found, stop scanning.
1595 */
1596 if (!found_one)
1597 break;
1598
1599 /*
1600 * Include any trailing white space.
1601 */
1602 while (vim_iswhite(line[i]))
1603 ++i;
1604
1605 /*
1606 * If this comment doesn't nest, stop here.
1607 */
1608 if (vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_NEST) == NULL)
1609 break;
1610 }
1611 return (got_com ? i : 0);
1612}
1613#endif
1614
1615/*
1616 * Return the number of window lines occupied by buffer line "lnum".
1617 */
1618 int
1619plines(lnum)
1620 linenr_T lnum;
1621{
1622 return plines_win(curwin, lnum, TRUE);
1623}
1624
1625 int
1626plines_win(wp, lnum, winheight)
1627 win_T *wp;
1628 linenr_T lnum;
1629 int winheight; /* when TRUE limit to window height */
1630{
1631#if defined(FEAT_DIFF) || defined(PROTO)
1632 /* Check for filler lines above this buffer line. When folded the result
1633 * is one line anyway. */
1634 return plines_win_nofill(wp, lnum, winheight) + diff_check_fill(wp, lnum);
1635}
1636
1637 int
1638plines_nofill(lnum)
1639 linenr_T lnum;
1640{
1641 return plines_win_nofill(curwin, lnum, TRUE);
1642}
1643
1644 int
1645plines_win_nofill(wp, lnum, winheight)
1646 win_T *wp;
1647 linenr_T lnum;
1648 int winheight; /* when TRUE limit to window height */
1649{
1650#endif
1651 int lines;
1652
1653 if (!wp->w_p_wrap)
1654 return 1;
1655
1656#ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
1657 if (wp->w_width == 0)
1658 return 1;
1659#endif
1660
1661#ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
1662 /* A folded lines is handled just like an empty line. */
1663 /* NOTE: Caller must handle lines that are MAYBE folded. */
1664 if (lineFolded(wp, lnum) == TRUE)
1665 return 1;
1666#endif
1667
1668 lines = plines_win_nofold(wp, lnum);
1669 if (winheight > 0 && lines > wp->w_height)
1670 return (int)wp->w_height;
1671 return lines;
1672}
1673
1674/*
1675 * Return number of window lines physical line "lnum" will occupy in window
1676 * "wp". Does not care about folding, 'wrap' or 'diff'.
1677 */
1678 int
1679plines_win_nofold(wp, lnum)
1680 win_T *wp;
1681 linenr_T lnum;
1682{
1683 char_u *s;
1684 long col;
1685 int width;
1686
1687 s = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE);
1688 if (*s == NUL) /* empty line */
1689 return 1;
1690 col = win_linetabsize(wp, s, (colnr_T)MAXCOL);
1691
1692 /*
1693 * If list mode is on, then the '$' at the end of the line may take up one
1694 * extra column.
1695 */
1696 if (wp->w_p_list && lcs_eol != NUL)
1697 col += 1;
1698
1699 /*
1700 * Add column offset for 'number' and 'foldcolumn'.
1701 */
1702 width = W_WIDTH(wp) - win_col_off(wp);
1703 if (width <= 0)
1704 return 32000;
1705 if (col <= width)
1706 return 1;
1707 col -= width;
1708 width += win_col_off2(wp);
1709 return (col + (width - 1)) / width + 1;
1710}
1711
1712/*
1713 * Like plines_win(), but only reports the number of physical screen lines
1714 * used from the start of the line to the given column number.
1715 */
1716 int
1717plines_win_col(wp, lnum, column)
1718 win_T *wp;
1719 linenr_T lnum;
1720 long column;
1721{
1722 long col;
1723 char_u *s;
1724 int lines = 0;
1725 int width;
1726
1727#ifdef FEAT_DIFF
1728 /* Check for filler lines above this buffer line. When folded the result
1729 * is one line anyway. */
1730 lines = diff_check_fill(wp, lnum);
1731#endif
1732
1733 if (!wp->w_p_wrap)
1734 return lines + 1;
1735
1736#ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
1737 if (wp->w_width == 0)
1738 return lines + 1;
1739#endif
1740
1741 s = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE);
1742
1743 col = 0;
1744 while (*s != NUL && --column >= 0)
1745 {
1746 col += win_lbr_chartabsize(wp, s, (colnr_T)col, NULL);
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00001747 mb_ptr_adv(s);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001748 }
1749
1750 /*
1751 * If *s is a TAB, and the TAB is not displayed as ^I, and we're not in
1752 * INSERT mode, then col must be adjusted so that it represents the last
1753 * screen position of the TAB. This only fixes an error when the TAB wraps
1754 * from one screen line to the next (when 'columns' is not a multiple of
1755 * 'ts') -- webb.
1756 */
1757 if (*s == TAB && (State & NORMAL) && (!wp->w_p_list || lcs_tab1))
1758 col += win_lbr_chartabsize(wp, s, (colnr_T)col, NULL) - 1;
1759
1760 /*
1761 * Add column offset for 'number', 'foldcolumn', etc.
1762 */
1763 width = W_WIDTH(wp) - win_col_off(wp);
1764 if (width > 0)
1765 {
1766 lines += 1;
1767 if (col >= width)
1768 lines += (col - width) / (width + win_col_off2(wp));
1769 if (lines <= wp->w_height)
1770 return lines;
1771 }
1772 return (int)(wp->w_height); /* maximum length */
1773}
1774
1775 int
1776plines_m_win(wp, first, last)
1777 win_T *wp;
1778 linenr_T first, last;
1779{
1780 int count = 0;
1781
1782 while (first <= last)
1783 {
1784#ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
1785 int x;
1786
1787 /* Check if there are any really folded lines, but also included lines
1788 * that are maybe folded. */
1789 x = foldedCount(wp, first, NULL);
1790 if (x > 0)
1791 {
1792 ++count; /* count 1 for "+-- folded" line */
1793 first += x;
1794 }
1795 else
1796#endif
1797 {
1798#ifdef FEAT_DIFF
1799 if (first == wp->w_topline)
1800 count += plines_win_nofill(wp, first, TRUE) + wp->w_topfill;
1801 else
1802#endif
1803 count += plines_win(wp, first, TRUE);
1804 ++first;
1805 }
1806 }
1807 return (count);
1808}
1809
1810#if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) || defined(PROTO)
1811/*
1812 * Insert string "p" at the cursor position. Stops at a NUL byte.
1813 * Handles Replace mode and multi-byte characters.
1814 */
1815 void
1816ins_bytes(p)
1817 char_u *p;
1818{
1819 ins_bytes_len(p, (int)STRLEN(p));
1820}
1821#endif
1822
1823#if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) \
1824 || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO)
1825/*
1826 * Insert string "p" with length "len" at the cursor position.
1827 * Handles Replace mode and multi-byte characters.
1828 */
1829 void
1830ins_bytes_len(p, len)
1831 char_u *p;
1832 int len;
1833{
1834 int i;
1835# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1836 int n;
1837
1838 for (i = 0; i < len; i += n)
1839 {
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00001840 n = (*mb_ptr2len)(p + i);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001841 ins_char_bytes(p + i, n);
1842 }
1843# else
1844 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i)
1845 ins_char(p[i]);
1846# endif
1847}
1848#endif
1849
1850/*
1851 * Insert or replace a single character at the cursor position.
1852 * When in REPLACE or VREPLACE mode, replace any existing character.
1853 * Caller must have prepared for undo.
1854 * For multi-byte characters we get the whole character, the caller must
1855 * convert bytes to a character.
1856 */
1857 void
1858ins_char(c)
1859 int c;
1860{
1861#if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO)
1862 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES];
1863 int n;
1864
1865 n = (*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf);
1866
1867 /* When "c" is 0x100, 0x200, etc. we don't want to insert a NUL byte.
1868 * Happens for CTRL-Vu9900. */
1869 if (buf[0] == 0)
1870 buf[0] = '\n';
1871
1872 ins_char_bytes(buf, n);
1873}
1874
1875 void
1876ins_char_bytes(buf, charlen)
1877 char_u *buf;
1878 int charlen;
1879{
1880 int c = buf[0];
1881 int l, j;
1882#endif
1883 int newlen; /* nr of bytes inserted */
1884 int oldlen; /* nr of bytes deleted (0 when not replacing) */
1885 char_u *p;
1886 char_u *newp;
1887 char_u *oldp;
1888 int linelen; /* length of old line including NUL */
1889 colnr_T col;
1890 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
1891 int i;
1892
1893#ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
1894 /* Break tabs if needed. */
1895 if (virtual_active() && curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0)
1896 coladvance_force(getviscol());
1897#endif
1898
1899 col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
1900 oldp = ml_get(lnum);
1901 linelen = (int)STRLEN(oldp) + 1;
1902
1903 /* The lengths default to the values for when not replacing. */
1904 oldlen = 0;
1905#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1906 newlen = charlen;
1907#else
1908 newlen = 1;
1909#endif
1910
1911 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
1912 {
1913#ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
1914 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
1915 {
1916 colnr_T new_vcol = 0; /* init for GCC */
1917 colnr_T vcol;
1918 int old_list;
1919#ifndef FEAT_MBYTE
1920 char_u buf[2];
1921#endif
1922
1923 /*
1924 * Disable 'list' temporarily, unless 'cpo' contains the 'L' flag.
1925 * Returns the old value of list, so when finished,
1926 * curwin->w_p_list should be set back to this.
1927 */
1928 old_list = curwin->w_p_list;
1929 if (old_list && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL)
1930 curwin->w_p_list = FALSE;
1931
1932 /*
1933 * In virtual replace mode each character may replace one or more
1934 * characters (zero if it's a TAB). Count the number of bytes to
1935 * be deleted to make room for the new character, counting screen
1936 * cells. May result in adding spaces to fill a gap.
1937 */
1938 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, &vcol, NULL);
1939#ifndef FEAT_MBYTE
1940 buf[0] = c;
1941 buf[1] = NUL;
1942#endif
1943 new_vcol = vcol + chartabsize(buf, vcol);
1944 while (oldp[col + oldlen] != NUL && vcol < new_vcol)
1945 {
1946 vcol += chartabsize(oldp + col + oldlen, vcol);
1947 /* Don't need to remove a TAB that takes us to the right
1948 * position. */
1949 if (vcol > new_vcol && oldp[col + oldlen] == TAB)
1950 break;
1951#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00001952 oldlen += (*mb_ptr2len)(oldp + col + oldlen);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001953#else
1954 ++oldlen;
1955#endif
1956 /* Deleted a bit too much, insert spaces. */
1957 if (vcol > new_vcol)
1958 newlen += vcol - new_vcol;
1959 }
1960 curwin->w_p_list = old_list;
1961 }
1962 else
1963#endif
1964 if (oldp[col] != NUL)
1965 {
1966 /* normal replace */
1967#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00001968 oldlen = (*mb_ptr2len)(oldp + col);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001969#else
1970 oldlen = 1;
1971#endif
1972 }
1973
1974
1975 /* Push the replaced bytes onto the replace stack, so that they can be
1976 * put back when BS is used. The bytes of a multi-byte character are
1977 * done the other way around, so that the first byte is popped off
1978 * first (it tells the byte length of the character). */
1979 replace_push(NUL);
1980 for (i = 0; i < oldlen; ++i)
1981 {
1982#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00001983 l = (*mb_ptr2len)(oldp + col + i) - 1;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001984 for (j = l; j >= 0; --j)
1985 replace_push(oldp[col + i + j]);
1986 i += l;
1987#else
1988 replace_push(oldp[col + i]);
1989#endif
1990 }
1991 }
1992
1993 newp = alloc_check((unsigned)(linelen + newlen - oldlen));
1994 if (newp == NULL)
1995 return;
1996
1997 /* Copy bytes before the cursor. */
1998 if (col > 0)
1999 mch_memmove(newp, oldp, (size_t)col);
2000
2001 /* Copy bytes after the changed character(s). */
2002 p = newp + col;
2003 mch_memmove(p + newlen, oldp + col + oldlen,
2004 (size_t)(linelen - col - oldlen));
2005
2006 /* Insert or overwrite the new character. */
2007#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2008 mch_memmove(p, buf, charlen);
2009 i = charlen;
2010#else
2011 *p = c;
2012 i = 1;
2013#endif
2014
2015 /* Fill with spaces when necessary. */
2016 while (i < newlen)
2017 p[i++] = ' ';
2018
2019 /* Replace the line in the buffer. */
2020 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE);
2021
2022 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */
2023 changed_bytes(lnum, col);
2024
2025 /*
2026 * If we're in Insert or Replace mode and 'showmatch' is set, then briefly
2027 * show the match for right parens and braces.
2028 */
2029 if (p_sm && (State & INSERT)
2030 && msg_silent == 0
2031#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2032 && charlen == 1
2033#endif
Bram Moolenaar7e8fd632006-02-18 22:14:51 +00002034#ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
2035 && !ins_compl_active()
2036#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002037 )
2038 showmatch(c);
2039
2040#ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
2041 if (!p_ri || (State & REPLACE_FLAG))
2042#endif
2043 {
2044 /* Normal insert: move cursor right */
2045#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2046 curwin->w_cursor.col += charlen;
2047#else
2048 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
2049#endif
2050 }
2051 /*
2052 * TODO: should try to update w_row here, to avoid recomputing it later.
2053 */
2054}
2055
2056/*
2057 * Insert a string at the cursor position.
2058 * Note: Does NOT handle Replace mode.
2059 * Caller must have prepared for undo.
2060 */
2061 void
2062ins_str(s)
2063 char_u *s;
2064{
2065 char_u *oldp, *newp;
2066 int newlen = (int)STRLEN(s);
2067 int oldlen;
2068 colnr_T col;
2069 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
2070
2071#ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
2072 if (virtual_active() && curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0)
2073 coladvance_force(getviscol());
2074#endif
2075
2076 col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
2077 oldp = ml_get(lnum);
2078 oldlen = (int)STRLEN(oldp);
2079
2080 newp = alloc_check((unsigned)(oldlen + newlen + 1));
2081 if (newp == NULL)
2082 return;
2083 if (col > 0)
2084 mch_memmove(newp, oldp, (size_t)col);
2085 mch_memmove(newp + col, s, (size_t)newlen);
2086 mch_memmove(newp + col + newlen, oldp + col, (size_t)(oldlen - col + 1));
2087 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE);
2088 changed_bytes(lnum, col);
2089 curwin->w_cursor.col += newlen;
2090}
2091
2092/*
2093 * Delete one character under the cursor.
2094 * If "fixpos" is TRUE, don't leave the cursor on the NUL after the line.
2095 * Caller must have prepared for undo.
2096 *
2097 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise
2098 */
2099 int
2100del_char(fixpos)
2101 int fixpos;
2102{
2103#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2104 if (has_mbyte)
2105 {
2106 /* Make sure the cursor is at the start of a character. */
2107 mb_adjust_cursor();
2108 if (*ml_get_cursor() == NUL)
2109 return FAIL;
2110 return del_chars(1L, fixpos);
2111 }
2112#endif
Bram Moolenaare3226be2005-12-18 22:10:00 +00002113 return del_bytes(1L, fixpos, TRUE);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002114}
2115
2116#if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO)
2117/*
2118 * Like del_bytes(), but delete characters instead of bytes.
2119 */
2120 int
2121del_chars(count, fixpos)
2122 long count;
2123 int fixpos;
2124{
2125 long bytes = 0;
2126 long i;
2127 char_u *p;
2128 int l;
2129
2130 p = ml_get_cursor();
2131 for (i = 0; i < count && *p != NUL; ++i)
2132 {
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00002133 l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002134 bytes += l;
2135 p += l;
2136 }
Bram Moolenaare3226be2005-12-18 22:10:00 +00002137 return del_bytes(bytes, fixpos, TRUE);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002138}
2139#endif
2140
2141/*
2142 * Delete "count" bytes under the cursor.
2143 * If "fixpos" is TRUE, don't leave the cursor on the NUL after the line.
2144 * Caller must have prepared for undo.
2145 *
2146 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise
2147 */
Bram Moolenaara9b1e742005-12-19 22:14:58 +00002148/*ARGSUSED*/
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002149 int
Bram Moolenaarca003e12006-03-17 23:19:38 +00002150del_bytes(count, fixpos_arg, use_delcombine)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002151 long count;
Bram Moolenaarca003e12006-03-17 23:19:38 +00002152 int fixpos_arg;
Bram Moolenaare3226be2005-12-18 22:10:00 +00002153 int use_delcombine; /* 'delcombine' option applies */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002154{
2155 char_u *oldp, *newp;
2156 colnr_T oldlen;
2157 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
2158 colnr_T col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
2159 int was_alloced;
2160 long movelen;
Bram Moolenaarca003e12006-03-17 23:19:38 +00002161 int fixpos = fixpos_arg;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002162
2163 oldp = ml_get(lnum);
2164 oldlen = (int)STRLEN(oldp);
2165
2166 /*
2167 * Can't do anything when the cursor is on the NUL after the line.
2168 */
2169 if (col >= oldlen)
2170 return FAIL;
2171
2172#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2173 /* If 'delcombine' is set and deleting (less than) one character, only
2174 * delete the last combining character. */
Bram Moolenaare3226be2005-12-18 22:10:00 +00002175 if (p_deco && use_delcombine && enc_utf8
2176 && utfc_ptr2len(oldp + col) >= count)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002177 {
Bram Moolenaar362e1a32006-03-06 23:29:24 +00002178 int cc[MAX_MCO];
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002179 int n;
2180
Bram Moolenaar362e1a32006-03-06 23:29:24 +00002181 (void)utfc_ptr2char(oldp + col, cc);
2182 if (cc[0] != NUL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002183 {
2184 /* Find the last composing char, there can be several. */
2185 n = col;
2186 do
2187 {
2188 col = n;
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00002189 count = utf_ptr2len(oldp + n);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002190 n += count;
2191 } while (UTF_COMPOSINGLIKE(oldp + col, oldp + n));
2192 fixpos = 0;
2193 }
2194 }
2195#endif
2196
2197 /*
2198 * When count is too big, reduce it.
2199 */
2200 movelen = (long)oldlen - (long)col - count + 1; /* includes trailing NUL */
2201 if (movelen <= 1)
2202 {
2203 /*
2204 * If we just took off the last character of a non-blank line, and
Bram Moolenaarca003e12006-03-17 23:19:38 +00002205 * fixpos is TRUE, we don't want to end up positioned at the NUL,
2206 * unless "restart_edit" is set or 'virtualedit' contains "onemore".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002207 */
Bram Moolenaarca003e12006-03-17 23:19:38 +00002208 if (col > 0 && fixpos && restart_edit == 0
2209#ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
2210 && (ve_flags & VE_ONEMORE) == 0
2211#endif
2212 )
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002213 {
2214 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
2215#ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
2216 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
2217#endif
2218#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2219 if (has_mbyte)
2220 curwin->w_cursor.col -=
2221 (*mb_head_off)(oldp, oldp + curwin->w_cursor.col);
2222#endif
2223 }
2224 count = oldlen - col;
2225 movelen = 1;
2226 }
2227
2228 /*
2229 * If the old line has been allocated the deletion can be done in the
2230 * existing line. Otherwise a new line has to be allocated
2231 */
2232 was_alloced = ml_line_alloced(); /* check if oldp was allocated */
2233#ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
2234 if (was_alloced && usingNetbeans)
2235 netbeans_removed(curbuf, lnum, col, count);
2236 /* else is handled by ml_replace() */
2237#endif
2238 if (was_alloced)
2239 newp = oldp; /* use same allocated memory */
2240 else
2241 { /* need to allocate a new line */
2242 newp = alloc((unsigned)(oldlen + 1 - count));
2243 if (newp == NULL)
2244 return FAIL;
2245 mch_memmove(newp, oldp, (size_t)col);
2246 }
2247 mch_memmove(newp + col, oldp + col + count, (size_t)movelen);
2248 if (!was_alloced)
2249 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE);
2250
2251 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */
2252 changed_bytes(lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col);
2253
2254 return OK;
2255}
2256
2257/*
2258 * Delete from cursor to end of line.
2259 * Caller must have prepared for undo.
2260 *
2261 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise
2262 */
2263 int
2264truncate_line(fixpos)
2265 int fixpos; /* if TRUE fix the cursor position when done */
2266{
2267 char_u *newp;
2268 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
2269 colnr_T col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
2270
2271 if (col == 0)
2272 newp = vim_strsave((char_u *)"");
2273 else
2274 newp = vim_strnsave(ml_get(lnum), col);
2275
2276 if (newp == NULL)
2277 return FAIL;
2278
2279 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE);
2280
2281 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */
2282 changed_bytes(lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col);
2283
2284 /*
2285 * If "fixpos" is TRUE we don't want to end up positioned at the NUL.
2286 */
2287 if (fixpos && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0)
2288 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
2289
2290 return OK;
2291}
2292
2293/*
2294 * Delete "nlines" lines at the cursor.
2295 * Saves the lines for undo first if "undo" is TRUE.
2296 */
2297 void
2298del_lines(nlines, undo)
2299 long nlines; /* number of lines to delete */
2300 int undo; /* if TRUE, prepare for undo */
2301{
2302 long n;
2303
2304 if (nlines <= 0)
2305 return;
2306
2307 /* save the deleted lines for undo */
2308 if (undo && u_savedel(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, nlines) == FAIL)
2309 return;
2310
2311 for (n = 0; n < nlines; )
2312 {
2313 if (curbuf->b_ml.ml_flags & ML_EMPTY) /* nothing to delete */
2314 break;
2315
2316 ml_delete(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, TRUE);
2317 ++n;
2318
2319 /* If we delete the last line in the file, stop */
2320 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
2321 break;
2322 }
2323 /* adjust marks, mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */
2324 deleted_lines_mark(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, n);
2325
2326 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
2327 check_cursor_lnum();
2328}
2329
2330 int
2331gchar_pos(pos)
2332 pos_T *pos;
2333{
2334 char_u *ptr = ml_get_pos(pos);
2335
2336#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2337 if (has_mbyte)
2338 return (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr);
2339#endif
2340 return (int)*ptr;
2341}
2342
2343 int
2344gchar_cursor()
2345{
2346#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2347 if (has_mbyte)
2348 return (*mb_ptr2char)(ml_get_cursor());
2349#endif
2350 return (int)*ml_get_cursor();
2351}
2352
2353/*
2354 * Write a character at the current cursor position.
2355 * It is directly written into the block.
2356 */
2357 void
2358pchar_cursor(c)
2359 int c;
2360{
2361 *(ml_get_buf(curbuf, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, TRUE)
2362 + curwin->w_cursor.col) = c;
2363}
2364
2365#if 0 /* not used */
2366/*
2367 * Put *pos at end of current buffer
2368 */
2369 void
2370goto_endofbuf(pos)
2371 pos_T *pos;
2372{
2373 char_u *p;
2374
2375 pos->lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
2376 pos->col = 0;
2377 p = ml_get(pos->lnum);
2378 while (*p++)
2379 ++pos->col;
2380}
2381#endif
2382
2383/*
2384 * When extra == 0: Return TRUE if the cursor is before or on the first
2385 * non-blank in the line.
2386 * When extra == 1: Return TRUE if the cursor is before the first non-blank in
2387 * the line.
2388 */
2389 int
2390inindent(extra)
2391 int extra;
2392{
2393 char_u *ptr;
2394 colnr_T col;
2395
2396 for (col = 0, ptr = ml_get_curline(); vim_iswhite(*ptr); ++col)
2397 ++ptr;
2398 if (col >= curwin->w_cursor.col + extra)
2399 return TRUE;
2400 else
2401 return FALSE;
2402}
2403
2404/*
2405 * Skip to next part of an option argument: Skip space and comma.
2406 */
2407 char_u *
2408skip_to_option_part(p)
2409 char_u *p;
2410{
2411 if (*p == ',')
2412 ++p;
2413 while (*p == ' ')
2414 ++p;
2415 return p;
2416}
2417
2418/*
2419 * changed() is called when something in the current buffer is changed.
2420 *
2421 * Most often called through changed_bytes() and changed_lines(), which also
2422 * mark the area of the display to be redrawn.
2423 */
2424 void
2425changed()
2426{
2427#if defined(FEAT_XIM) && defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK)
2428 /* The text of the preediting area is inserted, but this doesn't
2429 * mean a change of the buffer yet. That is delayed until the
2430 * text is committed. (this means preedit becomes empty) */
2431 if (im_is_preediting() && !xim_changed_while_preediting)
2432 return;
2433 xim_changed_while_preediting = FALSE;
2434#endif
2435
2436 if (!curbuf->b_changed)
2437 {
2438 int save_msg_scroll = msg_scroll;
2439
2440 change_warning(0);
2441 /* Create a swap file if that is wanted.
2442 * Don't do this for "nofile" and "nowrite" buffer types. */
2443 if (curbuf->b_may_swap
2444#ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX
2445 && !bt_dontwrite(curbuf)
2446#endif
2447 )
2448 {
2449 ml_open_file(curbuf);
2450
2451 /* The ml_open_file() can cause an ATTENTION message.
2452 * Wait two seconds, to make sure the user reads this unexpected
2453 * message. Since we could be anywhere, call wait_return() now,
2454 * and don't let the emsg() set msg_scroll. */
2455 if (need_wait_return && emsg_silent == 0)
2456 {
2457 out_flush();
2458 ui_delay(2000L, TRUE);
2459 wait_return(TRUE);
2460 msg_scroll = save_msg_scroll;
2461 }
2462 }
2463 curbuf->b_changed = TRUE;
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00002464 ml_setflags(curbuf);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002465#ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
2466 check_status(curbuf);
Bram Moolenaar997fb4b2006-02-17 21:53:23 +00002467 redraw_tabline = TRUE;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002468#endif
2469#ifdef FEAT_TITLE
2470 need_maketitle = TRUE; /* set window title later */
2471#endif
2472 }
2473 ++curbuf->b_changedtick;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002474}
2475
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002476static void changedOneline __ARGS((buf_T *buf, linenr_T lnum));
2477static void changed_lines_buf __ARGS((buf_T *buf, linenr_T lnum, linenr_T lnume, long xtra));
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002478static void changed_common __ARGS((linenr_T lnum, colnr_T col, linenr_T lnume, long xtra));
2479
2480/*
2481 * Changed bytes within a single line for the current buffer.
2482 * - marks the windows on this buffer to be redisplayed
2483 * - marks the buffer changed by calling changed()
2484 * - invalidates cached values
2485 */
2486 void
2487changed_bytes(lnum, col)
2488 linenr_T lnum;
2489 colnr_T col;
2490{
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002491 changedOneline(curbuf, lnum);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002492 changed_common(lnum, col, lnum + 1, 0L);
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002493
2494#ifdef FEAT_DIFF
2495 /* Diff highlighting in other diff windows may need to be updated too. */
2496 if (curwin->w_p_diff)
2497 {
2498 win_T *wp;
2499 linenr_T wlnum;
2500
2501 for (wp = firstwin; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next)
2502 if (wp->w_p_diff && wp != curwin)
2503 {
2504 redraw_win_later(wp, VALID);
2505 wlnum = diff_lnum_win(lnum, wp);
2506 if (wlnum > 0)
2507 changedOneline(wp->w_buffer, wlnum);
2508 }
2509 }
2510#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002511}
2512
2513 static void
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002514changedOneline(buf, lnum)
2515 buf_T *buf;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002516 linenr_T lnum;
2517{
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002518 if (buf->b_mod_set)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002519 {
2520 /* find the maximum area that must be redisplayed */
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002521 if (lnum < buf->b_mod_top)
2522 buf->b_mod_top = lnum;
2523 else if (lnum >= buf->b_mod_bot)
2524 buf->b_mod_bot = lnum + 1;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002525 }
2526 else
2527 {
2528 /* set the area that must be redisplayed to one line */
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002529 buf->b_mod_set = TRUE;
2530 buf->b_mod_top = lnum;
2531 buf->b_mod_bot = lnum + 1;
2532 buf->b_mod_xlines = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002533 }
2534}
2535
2536/*
2537 * Appended "count" lines below line "lnum" in the current buffer.
2538 * Must be called AFTER the change and after mark_adjust().
2539 * Takes care of marking the buffer to be redrawn and sets the changed flag.
2540 */
2541 void
2542appended_lines(lnum, count)
2543 linenr_T lnum;
2544 long count;
2545{
2546 changed_lines(lnum + 1, 0, lnum + 1, count);
2547}
2548
2549/*
2550 * Like appended_lines(), but adjust marks first.
2551 */
2552 void
2553appended_lines_mark(lnum, count)
2554 linenr_T lnum;
2555 long count;
2556{
2557 mark_adjust(lnum + 1, (linenr_T)MAXLNUM, count, 0L);
2558 changed_lines(lnum + 1, 0, lnum + 1, count);
2559}
2560
2561/*
2562 * Deleted "count" lines at line "lnum" in the current buffer.
2563 * Must be called AFTER the change and after mark_adjust().
2564 * Takes care of marking the buffer to be redrawn and sets the changed flag.
2565 */
2566 void
2567deleted_lines(lnum, count)
2568 linenr_T lnum;
2569 long count;
2570{
2571 changed_lines(lnum, 0, lnum + count, -count);
2572}
2573
2574/*
2575 * Like deleted_lines(), but adjust marks first.
2576 */
2577 void
2578deleted_lines_mark(lnum, count)
2579 linenr_T lnum;
2580 long count;
2581{
2582 mark_adjust(lnum, (linenr_T)(lnum + count - 1), (long)MAXLNUM, -count);
2583 changed_lines(lnum, 0, lnum + count, -count);
2584}
2585
2586/*
2587 * Changed lines for the current buffer.
2588 * Must be called AFTER the change and after mark_adjust().
2589 * - mark the buffer changed by calling changed()
2590 * - mark the windows on this buffer to be redisplayed
2591 * - invalidate cached values
2592 * "lnum" is the first line that needs displaying, "lnume" the first line
2593 * below the changed lines (BEFORE the change).
2594 * When only inserting lines, "lnum" and "lnume" are equal.
2595 * Takes care of calling changed() and updating b_mod_*.
2596 */
2597 void
2598changed_lines(lnum, col, lnume, xtra)
2599 linenr_T lnum; /* first line with change */
2600 colnr_T col; /* column in first line with change */
2601 linenr_T lnume; /* line below last changed line */
2602 long xtra; /* number of extra lines (negative when deleting) */
2603{
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002604 changed_lines_buf(curbuf, lnum, lnume, xtra);
2605
2606#ifdef FEAT_DIFF
2607 if (xtra == 0 && curwin->w_p_diff)
2608 {
2609 /* When the number of lines doesn't change then mark_adjust() isn't
2610 * called and other diff buffers still need to be marked for
2611 * displaying. */
2612 win_T *wp;
2613 linenr_T wlnum;
2614
2615 for (wp = firstwin; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next)
2616 if (wp->w_p_diff && wp != curwin)
2617 {
2618 redraw_win_later(wp, VALID);
2619 wlnum = diff_lnum_win(lnum, wp);
2620 if (wlnum > 0)
2621 changed_lines_buf(wp->w_buffer, wlnum,
2622 lnume - lnum + wlnum, 0L);
2623 }
2624 }
2625#endif
2626
2627 changed_common(lnum, col, lnume, xtra);
2628}
2629
2630 static void
2631changed_lines_buf(buf, lnum, lnume, xtra)
2632 buf_T *buf;
2633 linenr_T lnum; /* first line with change */
2634 linenr_T lnume; /* line below last changed line */
2635 long xtra; /* number of extra lines (negative when deleting) */
2636{
2637 if (buf->b_mod_set)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002638 {
2639 /* find the maximum area that must be redisplayed */
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002640 if (lnum < buf->b_mod_top)
2641 buf->b_mod_top = lnum;
2642 if (lnum < buf->b_mod_bot)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002643 {
2644 /* adjust old bot position for xtra lines */
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002645 buf->b_mod_bot += xtra;
2646 if (buf->b_mod_bot < lnum)
2647 buf->b_mod_bot = lnum;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002648 }
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002649 if (lnume + xtra > buf->b_mod_bot)
2650 buf->b_mod_bot = lnume + xtra;
2651 buf->b_mod_xlines += xtra;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002652 }
2653 else
2654 {
2655 /* set the area that must be redisplayed */
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002656 buf->b_mod_set = TRUE;
2657 buf->b_mod_top = lnum;
2658 buf->b_mod_bot = lnume + xtra;
2659 buf->b_mod_xlines = xtra;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002660 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002661}
2662
2663 static void
2664changed_common(lnum, col, lnume, xtra)
2665 linenr_T lnum;
2666 colnr_T col;
2667 linenr_T lnume;
2668 long xtra;
2669{
2670 win_T *wp;
2671 int i;
2672#ifdef FEAT_JUMPLIST
2673 int cols;
2674 pos_T *p;
2675 int add;
2676#endif
2677
2678 /* mark the buffer as modified */
2679 changed();
2680
2681 /* set the '. mark */
2682 if (!cmdmod.keepjumps)
2683 {
2684 curbuf->b_last_change.lnum = lnum;
2685 curbuf->b_last_change.col = col;
2686
2687#ifdef FEAT_JUMPLIST
2688 /* Create a new entry if a new undo-able change was started or we
2689 * don't have an entry yet. */
2690 if (curbuf->b_new_change || curbuf->b_changelistlen == 0)
2691 {
2692 if (curbuf->b_changelistlen == 0)
2693 add = TRUE;
2694 else
2695 {
2696 /* Don't create a new entry when the line number is the same
2697 * as the last one and the column is not too far away. Avoids
2698 * creating many entries for typing "xxxxx". */
2699 p = &curbuf->b_changelist[curbuf->b_changelistlen - 1];
2700 if (p->lnum != lnum)
2701 add = TRUE;
2702 else
2703 {
2704 cols = comp_textwidth(FALSE);
2705 if (cols == 0)
2706 cols = 79;
2707 add = (p->col + cols < col || col + cols < p->col);
2708 }
2709 }
2710 if (add)
2711 {
2712 /* This is the first of a new sequence of undo-able changes
2713 * and it's at some distance of the last change. Use a new
2714 * position in the changelist. */
2715 curbuf->b_new_change = FALSE;
2716
2717 if (curbuf->b_changelistlen == JUMPLISTSIZE)
2718 {
2719 /* changelist is full: remove oldest entry */
2720 curbuf->b_changelistlen = JUMPLISTSIZE - 1;
2721 mch_memmove(curbuf->b_changelist, curbuf->b_changelist + 1,
2722 sizeof(pos_T) * (JUMPLISTSIZE - 1));
2723 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp)
2724 {
2725 /* Correct position in changelist for other windows on
2726 * this buffer. */
2727 if (wp->w_buffer == curbuf && wp->w_changelistidx > 0)
2728 --wp->w_changelistidx;
2729 }
2730 }
2731 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp)
2732 {
2733 /* For other windows, if the position in the changelist is
2734 * at the end it stays at the end. */
2735 if (wp->w_buffer == curbuf
2736 && wp->w_changelistidx == curbuf->b_changelistlen)
2737 ++wp->w_changelistidx;
2738 }
2739 ++curbuf->b_changelistlen;
2740 }
2741 }
2742 curbuf->b_changelist[curbuf->b_changelistlen - 1] =
2743 curbuf->b_last_change;
2744 /* The current window is always after the last change, so that "g,"
2745 * takes you back to it. */
2746 curwin->w_changelistidx = curbuf->b_changelistlen;
2747#endif
2748 }
2749
2750 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp)
2751 {
2752 if (wp->w_buffer == curbuf)
2753 {
2754 /* Mark this window to be redrawn later. */
2755 if (wp->w_redr_type < VALID)
2756 wp->w_redr_type = VALID;
2757
2758 /* Check if a change in the buffer has invalidated the cached
2759 * values for the cursor. */
2760#ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
2761 /*
2762 * Update the folds for this window. Can't postpone this, because
2763 * a following operator might work on the whole fold: ">>dd".
2764 */
2765 foldUpdate(wp, lnum, lnume + xtra - 1);
2766
2767 /* The change may cause lines above or below the change to become
2768 * included in a fold. Set lnum/lnume to the first/last line that
2769 * might be displayed differently.
2770 * Set w_cline_folded here as an efficient way to update it when
2771 * inserting lines just above a closed fold. */
2772 i = hasFoldingWin(wp, lnum, &lnum, NULL, FALSE, NULL);
2773 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum == lnum)
2774 wp->w_cline_folded = i;
2775 i = hasFoldingWin(wp, lnume, NULL, &lnume, FALSE, NULL);
2776 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum == lnume)
2777 wp->w_cline_folded = i;
2778
2779 /* If the changed line is in a range of previously folded lines,
2780 * compare with the first line in that range. */
2781 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum <= lnum)
2782 {
2783 i = find_wl_entry(wp, lnum);
2784 if (i >= 0 && wp->w_cursor.lnum > wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum)
2785 changed_line_abv_curs_win(wp);
2786 }
2787#endif
2788
2789 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum > lnum)
2790 changed_line_abv_curs_win(wp);
2791 else if (wp->w_cursor.lnum == lnum && wp->w_cursor.col >= col)
2792 changed_cline_bef_curs_win(wp);
2793 if (wp->w_botline >= lnum)
2794 {
2795 /* Assume that botline doesn't change (inserted lines make
2796 * other lines scroll down below botline). */
2797 approximate_botline_win(wp);
2798 }
2799
2800 /* Check if any w_lines[] entries have become invalid.
2801 * For entries below the change: Correct the lnums for
2802 * inserted/deleted lines. Makes it possible to stop displaying
2803 * after the change. */
2804 for (i = 0; i < wp->w_lines_valid; ++i)
2805 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid)
2806 {
2807 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum >= lnum)
2808 {
2809 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum < lnume)
2810 {
2811 /* line included in change */
2812 wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid = FALSE;
2813 }
2814 else if (xtra != 0)
2815 {
2816 /* line below change */
2817 wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum += xtra;
2818#ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
2819 wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum += xtra;
2820#endif
2821 }
2822 }
2823#ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
2824 else if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum >= lnum)
2825 {
2826 /* change somewhere inside this range of folded lines,
2827 * may need to be redrawn */
2828 wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid = FALSE;
2829 }
2830#endif
2831 }
2832 }
2833 }
2834
2835 /* Call update_screen() later, which checks out what needs to be redrawn,
2836 * since it notices b_mod_set and then uses b_mod_*. */
2837 if (must_redraw < VALID)
2838 must_redraw = VALID;
Bram Moolenaar5e3cb7e2006-02-27 23:58:35 +00002839
2840#ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
2841 /* when the cursor line is changed always trigger CursorMoved */
2842 if (lnum <= curwin->w_cursor.lnum && lnume > curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
2843 last_cursormoved.lnum = 0;
2844#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002845}
2846
2847/*
2848 * unchanged() is called when the changed flag must be reset for buffer 'buf'
2849 */
2850 void
2851unchanged(buf, ff)
2852 buf_T *buf;
2853 int ff; /* also reset 'fileformat' */
2854{
2855 if (buf->b_changed || (ff && file_ff_differs(buf)))
2856 {
2857 buf->b_changed = 0;
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00002858 ml_setflags(buf);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002859 if (ff)
2860 save_file_ff(buf);
2861#ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
2862 check_status(buf);
Bram Moolenaar997fb4b2006-02-17 21:53:23 +00002863 redraw_tabline = TRUE;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002864#endif
2865#ifdef FEAT_TITLE
2866 need_maketitle = TRUE; /* set window title later */
2867#endif
2868 }
2869 ++buf->b_changedtick;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002870#ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
2871 netbeans_unmodified(buf);
2872#endif
2873}
2874
2875#if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(PROTO)
2876/*
2877 * check_status: called when the status bars for the buffer 'buf'
2878 * need to be updated
2879 */
2880 void
2881check_status(buf)
2882 buf_T *buf;
2883{
2884 win_T *wp;
2885
2886 for (wp = firstwin; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next)
2887 if (wp->w_buffer == buf && wp->w_status_height)
2888 {
2889 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE;
2890 if (must_redraw < VALID)
2891 must_redraw = VALID;
2892 }
2893}
2894#endif
2895
2896/*
2897 * If the file is readonly, give a warning message with the first change.
2898 * Don't do this for autocommands.
2899 * Don't use emsg(), because it flushes the macro buffer.
Bram Moolenaard5cdbeb2005-10-10 20:59:28 +00002900 * If we have undone all changes b_changed will be FALSE, but "b_did_warn"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002901 * will be TRUE.
2902 */
2903 void
2904change_warning(col)
2905 int col; /* column for message; non-zero when in insert
2906 mode and 'showmode' is on */
2907{
2908 if (curbuf->b_did_warn == FALSE
2909 && curbufIsChanged() == 0
2910#ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
2911 && !autocmd_busy
2912#endif
2913 && curbuf->b_p_ro)
2914 {
2915#ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
2916 apply_autocmds(EVENT_FILECHANGEDRO, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
2917 if (!curbuf->b_p_ro)
2918 return;
2919#endif
2920 /*
2921 * Do what msg() does, but with a column offset if the warning should
2922 * be after the mode message.
2923 */
2924 msg_start();
2925 if (msg_row == Rows - 1)
2926 msg_col = col;
Bram Moolenaar2df6dcc2004-07-12 15:53:54 +00002927 msg_source(hl_attr(HLF_W));
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002928 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_("W10: Warning: Changing a readonly file"),
2929 hl_attr(HLF_W) | MSG_HIST);
2930 msg_clr_eos();
2931 (void)msg_end();
2932 if (msg_silent == 0 && !silent_mode)
2933 {
2934 out_flush();
2935 ui_delay(1000L, TRUE); /* give the user time to think about it */
2936 }
2937 curbuf->b_did_warn = TRUE;
2938 redraw_cmdline = FALSE; /* don't redraw and erase the message */
2939 if (msg_row < Rows - 1)
2940 showmode();
2941 }
2942}
2943
2944/*
2945 * Ask for a reply from the user, a 'y' or a 'n'.
2946 * No other characters are accepted, the message is repeated until a valid
2947 * reply is entered or CTRL-C is hit.
2948 * If direct is TRUE, don't use vgetc() but ui_inchar(), don't get characters
2949 * from any buffers but directly from the user.
2950 *
2951 * return the 'y' or 'n'
2952 */
2953 int
2954ask_yesno(str, direct)
2955 char_u *str;
2956 int direct;
2957{
2958 int r = ' ';
2959 int save_State = State;
2960
2961 if (exiting) /* put terminal in raw mode for this question */
2962 settmode(TMODE_RAW);
2963 ++no_wait_return;
2964#ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
2965 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */
2966#endif
2967 State = CONFIRM; /* mouse behaves like with :confirm */
2968#ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
2969 setmouse(); /* disables mouse for xterm */
2970#endif
2971 ++no_mapping;
2972 ++allow_keys; /* no mapping here, but recognize keys */
2973
2974 while (r != 'y' && r != 'n')
2975 {
2976 /* same highlighting as for wait_return */
2977 smsg_attr(hl_attr(HLF_R), (char_u *)"%s (y/n)?", str);
2978 if (direct)
2979 r = get_keystroke();
2980 else
2981 r = safe_vgetc();
2982 if (r == Ctrl_C || r == ESC)
2983 r = 'n';
2984 msg_putchar(r); /* show what you typed */
2985 out_flush();
2986 }
2987 --no_wait_return;
2988 State = save_State;
2989#ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
2990 setmouse();
2991#endif
2992 --no_mapping;
2993 --allow_keys;
2994
2995 return r;
2996}
2997
2998/*
2999 * Get a key stroke directly from the user.
3000 * Ignores mouse clicks and scrollbar events, except a click for the left
3001 * button (used at the more prompt).
3002 * Doesn't use vgetc(), because it syncs undo and eats mapped characters.
3003 * Disadvantage: typeahead is ignored.
3004 * Translates the interrupt character for unix to ESC.
3005 */
3006 int
3007get_keystroke()
3008{
3009#define CBUFLEN 151
3010 char_u buf[CBUFLEN];
3011 int len = 0;
3012 int n;
3013 int save_mapped_ctrl_c = mapped_ctrl_c;
3014
3015 mapped_ctrl_c = FALSE; /* mappings are not used here */
3016 for (;;)
3017 {
3018 cursor_on();
3019 out_flush();
3020
3021 /* First time: blocking wait. Second time: wait up to 100ms for a
3022 * terminal code to complete. Leave some room for check_termcode() to
3023 * insert a key code into (max 5 chars plus NUL). And
3024 * fix_input_buffer() can triple the number of bytes. */
3025 n = ui_inchar(buf + len, (CBUFLEN - 6 - len) / 3,
3026 len == 0 ? -1L : 100L, 0);
3027 if (n > 0)
3028 {
3029 /* Replace zero and CSI by a special key code. */
3030 n = fix_input_buffer(buf + len, n, FALSE);
3031 len += n;
3032 }
3033
3034 /* incomplete termcode: get more characters */
3035 if ((n = check_termcode(1, buf, len)) < 0)
3036 continue;
3037 /* found a termcode: adjust length */
3038 if (n > 0)
3039 len = n;
3040 if (len == 0) /* nothing typed yet */
3041 continue;
3042
3043 /* Handle modifier and/or special key code. */
3044 n = buf[0];
3045 if (n == K_SPECIAL)
3046 {
3047 n = TO_SPECIAL(buf[1], buf[2]);
3048 if (buf[1] == KS_MODIFIER
3049 || n == K_IGNORE
3050#ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
3051 || n == K_LEFTMOUSE_NM
3052 || n == K_LEFTDRAG
3053 || n == K_LEFTRELEASE
3054 || n == K_LEFTRELEASE_NM
3055 || n == K_MIDDLEMOUSE
3056 || n == K_MIDDLEDRAG
3057 || n == K_MIDDLERELEASE
3058 || n == K_RIGHTMOUSE
3059 || n == K_RIGHTDRAG
3060 || n == K_RIGHTRELEASE
3061 || n == K_MOUSEDOWN
3062 || n == K_MOUSEUP
3063 || n == K_X1MOUSE
3064 || n == K_X1DRAG
3065 || n == K_X1RELEASE
3066 || n == K_X2MOUSE
3067 || n == K_X2DRAG
3068 || n == K_X2RELEASE
3069# ifdef FEAT_GUI
3070 || n == K_VER_SCROLLBAR
3071 || n == K_HOR_SCROLLBAR
3072# endif
3073#endif
3074 )
3075 {
3076 if (buf[1] == KS_MODIFIER)
3077 mod_mask = buf[2];
3078 len -= 3;
3079 if (len > 0)
3080 mch_memmove(buf, buf + 3, (size_t)len);
3081 continue;
3082 }
3083 }
3084#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3085 if (has_mbyte)
3086 {
3087 if (MB_BYTE2LEN(n) > len)
3088 continue; /* more bytes to get */
3089 buf[len >= CBUFLEN ? CBUFLEN - 1 : len] = NUL;
3090 n = (*mb_ptr2char)(buf);
3091 }
3092#endif
3093#ifdef UNIX
3094 if (n == intr_char)
3095 n = ESC;
3096#endif
3097 break;
3098 }
3099
3100 mapped_ctrl_c = save_mapped_ctrl_c;
3101 return n;
3102}
3103
3104/*
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003105 * Get a number from the user.
3106 * When "mouse_used" is not NULL allow using the mouse.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003107 */
3108 int
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003109get_number(colon, mouse_used)
3110 int colon; /* allow colon to abort */
3111 int *mouse_used;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003112{
3113 int n = 0;
3114 int c;
3115
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003116 if (mouse_used != NULL)
3117 *mouse_used = FALSE;
3118
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003119 /* When not printing messages, the user won't know what to type, return a
3120 * zero (as if CR was hit). */
3121 if (msg_silent != 0)
3122 return 0;
3123
3124#ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
3125 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */
3126#endif
3127 ++no_mapping;
3128 ++allow_keys; /* no mapping here, but recognize keys */
3129 for (;;)
3130 {
3131 windgoto(msg_row, msg_col);
3132 c = safe_vgetc();
3133 if (VIM_ISDIGIT(c))
3134 {
3135 n = n * 10 + c - '0';
3136 msg_putchar(c);
3137 }
3138 else if (c == K_DEL || c == K_KDEL || c == K_BS || c == Ctrl_H)
3139 {
3140 n /= 10;
3141 MSG_PUTS("\b \b");
3142 }
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003143#ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
3144 else if (mouse_used != NULL && c == K_LEFTMOUSE)
3145 {
3146 *mouse_used = TRUE;
3147 n = mouse_row + 1;
3148 break;
3149 }
3150#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003151 else if (n == 0 && c == ':' && colon)
3152 {
3153 stuffcharReadbuff(':');
3154 if (!exmode_active)
3155 cmdline_row = msg_row;
3156 skip_redraw = TRUE; /* skip redraw once */
3157 do_redraw = FALSE;
3158 break;
3159 }
3160 else if (c == CAR || c == NL || c == Ctrl_C || c == ESC)
3161 break;
3162 }
3163 --no_mapping;
3164 --allow_keys;
3165 return n;
3166}
3167
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00003168/*
3169 * Ask the user to enter a number.
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003170 * When "mouse_used" is not NULL allow using the mouse and in that case return
3171 * the line number.
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00003172 */
3173 int
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003174prompt_for_number(mouse_used)
3175 int *mouse_used;
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00003176{
3177 int i;
Bram Moolenaard857f0e2005-06-21 22:37:39 +00003178 int save_cmdline_row;
3179 int save_State;
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00003180
3181 /* When using ":silent" assume that <CR> was entered. */
Bram Moolenaar42eeac32005-06-29 22:40:58 +00003182 if (mouse_used != NULL)
3183 MSG_PUTS(_("Type number or click with mouse (<Enter> cancels): "));
3184 else
3185 MSG_PUTS(_("Choice number (<Enter> cancels): "));
Bram Moolenaard857f0e2005-06-21 22:37:39 +00003186
3187 /* Set the state such that text can be selected/copied/pasted. */
3188 save_cmdline_row = cmdline_row;
3189 cmdline_row = Rows - 1;
3190 save_State = State;
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003191 if (mouse_used == NULL)
3192 State = CMDLINE;
3193 else
3194 State = NORMAL;
Bram Moolenaard857f0e2005-06-21 22:37:39 +00003195
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003196 i = get_number(TRUE, mouse_used);
3197 if (KeyTyped)
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00003198 {
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003199 /* don't call wait_return() now */
3200 /* msg_putchar('\n'); */
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00003201 cmdline_row = msg_row - 1;
3202 need_wait_return = FALSE;
3203 msg_didany = FALSE;
3204 }
Bram Moolenaard857f0e2005-06-21 22:37:39 +00003205 else
3206 cmdline_row = save_cmdline_row;
3207 State = save_State;
3208
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00003209 return i;
3210}
3211
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003212 void
3213msgmore(n)
3214 long n;
3215{
3216 long pn;
3217
3218 if (global_busy /* no messages now, wait until global is finished */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003219 || !messaging()) /* 'lazyredraw' set, don't do messages now */
3220 return;
3221
Bram Moolenaar7df2d662005-01-25 22:18:08 +00003222 /* We don't want to overwrite another important message, but do overwrite
3223 * a previous "more lines" or "fewer lines" message, so that "5dd" and
3224 * then "put" reports the last action. */
3225 if (keep_msg != NULL && !keep_msg_more)
3226 return;
3227
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003228 if (n > 0)
3229 pn = n;
3230 else
3231 pn = -n;
3232
3233 if (pn > p_report)
3234 {
3235 if (pn == 1)
3236 {
3237 if (n > 0)
3238 STRCPY(msg_buf, _("1 more line"));
3239 else
3240 STRCPY(msg_buf, _("1 line less"));
3241 }
3242 else
3243 {
3244 if (n > 0)
3245 sprintf((char *)msg_buf, _("%ld more lines"), pn);
3246 else
3247 sprintf((char *)msg_buf, _("%ld fewer lines"), pn);
3248 }
3249 if (got_int)
3250 STRCAT(msg_buf, _(" (Interrupted)"));
3251 if (msg(msg_buf))
3252 {
Bram Moolenaar238a5642006-02-21 22:12:05 +00003253 set_keep_msg(msg_buf, 0);
Bram Moolenaar7df2d662005-01-25 22:18:08 +00003254 keep_msg_more = TRUE;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003255 }
3256 }
3257}
3258
3259/*
3260 * flush map and typeahead buffers and give a warning for an error
3261 */
3262 void
3263beep_flush()
3264{
3265 if (emsg_silent == 0)
3266 {
3267 flush_buffers(FALSE);
3268 vim_beep();
3269 }
3270}
3271
3272/*
3273 * give a warning for an error
3274 */
3275 void
3276vim_beep()
3277{
3278 if (emsg_silent == 0)
3279 {
3280 if (p_vb
3281#ifdef FEAT_GUI
3282 /* While the GUI is starting up the termcap is set for the GUI
3283 * but the output still goes to a terminal. */
3284 && !(gui.in_use && gui.starting)
3285#endif
3286 )
3287 {
3288 out_str(T_VB);
3289 }
3290 else
3291 {
3292#ifdef MSDOS
3293 /*
3294 * The number of beeps outputted is reduced to avoid having to wait
3295 * for all the beeps to finish. This is only a problem on systems
3296 * where the beeps don't overlap.
3297 */
3298 if (beep_count == 0 || beep_count == 10)
3299 {
3300 out_char(BELL);
3301 beep_count = 1;
3302 }
3303 else
3304 ++beep_count;
3305#else
3306 out_char(BELL);
3307#endif
3308 }
Bram Moolenaar5313dcb2005-02-22 08:56:13 +00003309
3310 /* When 'verbose' is set and we are sourcing a script or executing a
3311 * function give the user a hint where the beep comes from. */
3312 if (vim_strchr(p_debug, 'e') != NULL)
3313 {
3314 msg_source(hl_attr(HLF_W));
3315 msg_attr((char_u *)_("Beep!"), hl_attr(HLF_W));
3316 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003317 }
3318}
3319
3320/*
3321 * To get the "real" home directory:
3322 * - get value of $HOME
3323 * For Unix:
3324 * - go to that directory
3325 * - do mch_dirname() to get the real name of that directory.
3326 * This also works with mounts and links.
3327 * Don't do this for MS-DOS, it will change the "current dir" for a drive.
3328 */
3329static char_u *homedir = NULL;
3330
3331 void
3332init_homedir()
3333{
3334 char_u *var;
3335
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003336 /* In case we are called a second time (when 'encoding' changes). */
3337 vim_free(homedir);
3338 homedir = NULL;
3339
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003340#ifdef VMS
3341 var = mch_getenv((char_u *)"SYS$LOGIN");
3342#else
3343 var = mch_getenv((char_u *)"HOME");
3344#endif
3345
3346 if (var != NULL && *var == NUL) /* empty is same as not set */
3347 var = NULL;
3348
3349#ifdef WIN3264
3350 /*
3351 * Weird but true: $HOME may contain an indirect reference to another
3352 * variable, esp. "%USERPROFILE%". Happens when $USERPROFILE isn't set
3353 * when $HOME is being set.
3354 */
3355 if (var != NULL && *var == '%')
3356 {
3357 char_u *p;
3358 char_u *exp;
3359
3360 p = vim_strchr(var + 1, '%');
3361 if (p != NULL)
3362 {
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00003363 vim_strncpy(NameBuff, var + 1, p - (var + 1));
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003364 exp = mch_getenv(NameBuff);
3365 if (exp != NULL && *exp != NUL
3366 && STRLEN(exp) + STRLEN(p) < MAXPATHL)
3367 {
Bram Moolenaar555b2802005-05-19 21:08:39 +00003368 vim_snprintf((char *)NameBuff, MAXPATHL, "%s%s", exp, p + 1);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003369 var = NameBuff;
3370 /* Also set $HOME, it's needed for _viminfo. */
3371 vim_setenv((char_u *)"HOME", NameBuff);
3372 }
3373 }
3374 }
3375
3376 /*
3377 * Typically, $HOME is not defined on Windows, unless the user has
3378 * specifically defined it for Vim's sake. However, on Windows NT
3379 * platforms, $HOMEDRIVE and $HOMEPATH are automatically defined for
3380 * each user. Try constructing $HOME from these.
3381 */
3382 if (var == NULL)
3383 {
3384 char_u *homedrive, *homepath;
3385
3386 homedrive = mch_getenv((char_u *)"HOMEDRIVE");
3387 homepath = mch_getenv((char_u *)"HOMEPATH");
3388 if (homedrive != NULL && homepath != NULL
3389 && STRLEN(homedrive) + STRLEN(homepath) < MAXPATHL)
3390 {
3391 sprintf((char *)NameBuff, "%s%s", homedrive, homepath);
3392 if (NameBuff[0] != NUL)
3393 {
3394 var = NameBuff;
3395 /* Also set $HOME, it's needed for _viminfo. */
3396 vim_setenv((char_u *)"HOME", NameBuff);
3397 }
3398 }
3399 }
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003400
3401# if defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
3402 if (enc_utf8 && var != NULL)
3403 {
3404 int len;
3405 char_u *pp;
3406
3407 /* Convert from active codepage to UTF-8. Other conversions are
3408 * not done, because they would fail for non-ASCII characters. */
3409 acp_to_enc(var, STRLEN(var), &pp, &len);
3410 if (pp != NULL)
3411 {
3412 homedir = pp;
3413 return;
3414 }
3415 }
3416# endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003417#endif
3418
3419#if defined(OS2) || defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN)
3420 /*
3421 * Default home dir is C:/
3422 * Best assumption we can make in such a situation.
3423 */
3424 if (var == NULL)
3425 var = "C:/";
3426#endif
3427 if (var != NULL)
3428 {
3429#ifdef UNIX
3430 /*
3431 * Change to the directory and get the actual path. This resolves
3432 * links. Don't do it when we can't return.
3433 */
3434 if (mch_dirname(NameBuff, MAXPATHL) == OK
3435 && mch_chdir((char *)NameBuff) == 0)
3436 {
3437 if (!mch_chdir((char *)var) && mch_dirname(IObuff, IOSIZE) == OK)
3438 var = IObuff;
3439 if (mch_chdir((char *)NameBuff) != 0)
3440 EMSG(_(e_prev_dir));
3441 }
3442#endif
3443 homedir = vim_strsave(var);
3444 }
3445}
3446
Bram Moolenaarf461c8e2005-06-25 23:04:51 +00003447#if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO)
3448 void
3449free_homedir()
3450{
3451 vim_free(homedir);
3452}
3453#endif
3454
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003455/*
3456 * Expand environment variable with path name.
3457 * "~/" is also expanded, using $HOME. For Unix "~user/" is expanded.
3458 * Skips over "\ ", "\~" and "\$".
3459 * If anything fails no expansion is done and dst equals src.
3460 */
3461 void
3462expand_env(src, dst, dstlen)
3463 char_u *src; /* input string e.g. "$HOME/vim.hlp" */
3464 char_u *dst; /* where to put the result */
3465 int dstlen; /* maximum length of the result */
3466{
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003467 expand_env_esc(src, dst, dstlen, FALSE, NULL);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003468}
3469
3470 void
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003471expand_env_esc(srcp, dst, dstlen, esc, startstr)
3472 char_u *srcp; /* input string e.g. "$HOME/vim.hlp" */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003473 char_u *dst; /* where to put the result */
3474 int dstlen; /* maximum length of the result */
3475 int esc; /* escape spaces in expanded variables */
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003476 char_u *startstr; /* start again after this (can be NULL) */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003477{
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003478 char_u *src;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003479 char_u *tail;
3480 int c;
3481 char_u *var;
3482 int copy_char;
3483 int mustfree; /* var was allocated, need to free it later */
3484 int at_start = TRUE; /* at start of a name */
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003485 int startstr_len = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003486
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003487 if (startstr != NULL)
3488 startstr_len = STRLEN(startstr);
3489
3490 src = skipwhite(srcp);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003491 --dstlen; /* leave one char space for "\," */
3492 while (*src && dstlen > 0)
3493 {
3494 copy_char = TRUE;
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00003495 if ((*src == '$'
3496#ifdef VMS
3497 && at_start
3498#endif
3499 )
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003500#if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2)
3501 || *src == '%'
3502#endif
3503 || (*src == '~' && at_start))
3504 {
3505 mustfree = FALSE;
3506
3507 /*
3508 * The variable name is copied into dst temporarily, because it may
3509 * be a string in read-only memory and a NUL needs to be appended.
3510 */
3511 if (*src != '~') /* environment var */
3512 {
3513 tail = src + 1;
3514 var = dst;
3515 c = dstlen - 1;
3516
3517#ifdef UNIX
3518 /* Unix has ${var-name} type environment vars */
3519 if (*tail == '{' && !vim_isIDc('{'))
3520 {
3521 tail++; /* ignore '{' */
3522 while (c-- > 0 && *tail && *tail != '}')
3523 *var++ = *tail++;
3524 }
3525 else
3526#endif
3527 {
3528 while (c-- > 0 && *tail != NUL && ((vim_isIDc(*tail))
3529#if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2)
3530 || (*src == '%' && *tail != '%')
3531#endif
3532 ))
3533 {
3534#ifdef OS2 /* env vars only in uppercase */
3535 *var++ = TOUPPER_LOC(*tail);
3536 tail++; /* toupper() may be a macro! */
3537#else
3538 *var++ = *tail++;
3539#endif
3540 }
3541 }
3542
3543#if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2) || defined(UNIX)
3544# ifdef UNIX
3545 if (src[1] == '{' && *tail != '}')
3546# else
3547 if (*src == '%' && *tail != '%')
3548# endif
3549 var = NULL;
3550 else
3551 {
3552# ifdef UNIX
3553 if (src[1] == '{')
3554# else
3555 if (*src == '%')
3556#endif
3557 ++tail;
3558#endif
3559 *var = NUL;
3560 var = vim_getenv(dst, &mustfree);
3561#if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2) || defined(UNIX)
3562 }
3563#endif
3564 }
3565 /* home directory */
3566 else if ( src[1] == NUL
3567 || vim_ispathsep(src[1])
3568 || vim_strchr((char_u *)" ,\t\n", src[1]) != NULL)
3569 {
3570 var = homedir;
3571 tail = src + 1;
3572 }
3573 else /* user directory */
3574 {
3575#if defined(UNIX) || (defined(VMS) && defined(USER_HOME))
3576 /*
3577 * Copy ~user to dst[], so we can put a NUL after it.
3578 */
3579 tail = src;
3580 var = dst;
3581 c = dstlen - 1;
3582 while ( c-- > 0
3583 && *tail
3584 && vim_isfilec(*tail)
3585 && !vim_ispathsep(*tail))
3586 *var++ = *tail++;
3587 *var = NUL;
3588# ifdef UNIX
3589 /*
3590 * If the system supports getpwnam(), use it.
3591 * Otherwise, or if getpwnam() fails, the shell is used to
3592 * expand ~user. This is slower and may fail if the shell
3593 * does not support ~user (old versions of /bin/sh).
3594 */
3595# if defined(HAVE_GETPWNAM) && defined(HAVE_PWD_H)
3596 {
3597 struct passwd *pw;
3598
Bram Moolenaara40ceaf2006-01-13 22:35:40 +00003599 /* Note: memory allocated by getpwnam() is never freed.
3600 * Calling endpwent() apparently doesn't help. */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003601 pw = getpwnam((char *)dst + 1);
3602 if (pw != NULL)
3603 var = (char_u *)pw->pw_dir;
3604 else
3605 var = NULL;
3606 }
3607 if (var == NULL)
3608# endif
3609 {
3610 expand_T xpc;
3611
3612 ExpandInit(&xpc);
3613 xpc.xp_context = EXPAND_FILES;
3614 var = ExpandOne(&xpc, dst, NULL,
3615 WILD_ADD_SLASH|WILD_SILENT, WILD_EXPAND_FREE);
3616 ExpandCleanup(&xpc);
3617 mustfree = TRUE;
3618 }
3619
3620# else /* !UNIX, thus VMS */
3621 /*
3622 * USER_HOME is a comma-separated list of
3623 * directories to search for the user account in.
3624 */
3625 {
3626 char_u test[MAXPATHL], paths[MAXPATHL];
3627 char_u *path, *next_path, *ptr;
3628 struct stat st;
3629
3630 STRCPY(paths, USER_HOME);
3631 next_path = paths;
3632 while (*next_path)
3633 {
3634 for (path = next_path; *next_path && *next_path != ',';
3635 next_path++);
3636 if (*next_path)
3637 *next_path++ = NUL;
3638 STRCPY(test, path);
3639 STRCAT(test, "/");
3640 STRCAT(test, dst + 1);
3641 if (mch_stat(test, &st) == 0)
3642 {
3643 var = alloc(STRLEN(test) + 1);
3644 STRCPY(var, test);
3645 mustfree = TRUE;
3646 break;
3647 }
3648 }
3649 }
3650# endif /* UNIX */
3651#else
3652 /* cannot expand user's home directory, so don't try */
3653 var = NULL;
3654 tail = (char_u *)""; /* for gcc */
3655#endif /* UNIX || VMS */
3656 }
3657
3658#ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME
3659 /* If 'shellslash' is set change backslashes to forward slashes.
3660 * Can't use slash_adjust(), p_ssl may be set temporarily. */
3661 if (p_ssl && var != NULL && vim_strchr(var, '\\') != NULL)
3662 {
3663 char_u *p = vim_strsave(var);
3664
3665 if (p != NULL)
3666 {
3667 if (mustfree)
3668 vim_free(var);
3669 var = p;
3670 mustfree = TRUE;
3671 forward_slash(var);
3672 }
3673 }
3674#endif
3675
3676 /* If "var" contains white space, escape it with a backslash.
3677 * Required for ":e ~/tt" when $HOME includes a space. */
3678 if (esc && var != NULL && vim_strpbrk(var, (char_u *)" \t") != NULL)
3679 {
3680 char_u *p = vim_strsave_escaped(var, (char_u *)" \t");
3681
3682 if (p != NULL)
3683 {
3684 if (mustfree)
3685 vim_free(var);
3686 var = p;
3687 mustfree = TRUE;
3688 }
3689 }
3690
3691 if (var != NULL && *var != NUL
3692 && (STRLEN(var) + STRLEN(tail) + 1 < (unsigned)dstlen))
3693 {
3694 STRCPY(dst, var);
3695 dstlen -= (int)STRLEN(var);
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00003696 c = STRLEN(var);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003697 /* if var[] ends in a path separator and tail[] starts
3698 * with it, skip a character */
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00003699 if (*var != NUL && after_pathsep(dst, dst + c)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003700#if defined(BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME) || defined(AMIGA)
3701 && dst[-1] != ':'
3702#endif
3703 && vim_ispathsep(*tail))
3704 ++tail;
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00003705 dst += c;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003706 src = tail;
3707 copy_char = FALSE;
3708 }
3709 if (mustfree)
3710 vim_free(var);
3711 }
3712
3713 if (copy_char) /* copy at least one char */
3714 {
3715 /*
3716 * Recogize the start of a new name, for '~'.
3717 */
3718 at_start = FALSE;
3719 if (src[0] == '\\' && src[1] != NUL)
3720 {
3721 *dst++ = *src++;
3722 --dstlen;
3723 }
3724 else if (src[0] == ' ' || src[0] == ',')
3725 at_start = TRUE;
3726 *dst++ = *src++;
3727 --dstlen;
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003728
3729 if (startstr != NULL && src - startstr_len >= srcp
3730 && STRNCMP(src - startstr_len, startstr, startstr_len) == 0)
3731 at_start = TRUE;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003732 }
3733 }
3734 *dst = NUL;
3735}
3736
3737/*
3738 * Vim's version of getenv().
3739 * Special handling of $HOME, $VIM and $VIMRUNTIME.
Bram Moolenaar2f6b0b82005-03-08 22:43:10 +00003740 * Also does ACP to 'enc' conversion for Win32.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003741 */
3742 char_u *
3743vim_getenv(name, mustfree)
3744 char_u *name;
3745 int *mustfree; /* set to TRUE when returned is allocated */
3746{
3747 char_u *p;
3748 char_u *pend;
3749 int vimruntime;
3750
3751#if defined(OS2) || defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN)
3752 /* use "C:/" when $HOME is not set */
3753 if (STRCMP(name, "HOME") == 0)
3754 return homedir;
3755#endif
3756
3757 p = mch_getenv(name);
3758 if (p != NULL && *p == NUL) /* empty is the same as not set */
3759 p = NULL;
3760
3761 if (p != NULL)
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003762 {
3763#if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) && defined(WIN3264)
3764 if (enc_utf8)
3765 {
3766 int len;
3767 char_u *pp;
3768
3769 /* Convert from active codepage to UTF-8. Other conversions are
3770 * not done, because they would fail for non-ASCII characters. */
3771 acp_to_enc(p, STRLEN(p), &pp, &len);
3772 if (pp != NULL)
3773 {
3774 p = pp;
3775 *mustfree = TRUE;
3776 }
3777 }
3778#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003779 return p;
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003780 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003781
3782 vimruntime = (STRCMP(name, "VIMRUNTIME") == 0);
3783 if (!vimruntime && STRCMP(name, "VIM") != 0)
3784 return NULL;
3785
3786 /*
3787 * When expanding $VIMRUNTIME fails, try using $VIM/vim<version> or $VIM.
3788 * Don't do this when default_vimruntime_dir is non-empty.
3789 */
3790 if (vimruntime
3791#ifdef HAVE_PATHDEF
3792 && *default_vimruntime_dir == NUL
3793#endif
3794 )
3795 {
3796 p = mch_getenv((char_u *)"VIM");
3797 if (p != NULL && *p == NUL) /* empty is the same as not set */
3798 p = NULL;
3799 if (p != NULL)
3800 {
3801 p = vim_version_dir(p);
3802 if (p != NULL)
3803 *mustfree = TRUE;
3804 else
3805 p = mch_getenv((char_u *)"VIM");
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003806
3807#if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) && defined(WIN3264)
3808 if (enc_utf8)
3809 {
3810 int len;
3811 char_u *pp;
3812
3813 /* Convert from active codepage to UTF-8. Other conversions
3814 * are not done, because they would fail for non-ASCII
3815 * characters. */
3816 acp_to_enc(p, STRLEN(p), &pp, &len);
3817 if (pp != NULL)
3818 {
3819 if (mustfree)
3820 vim_free(p);
3821 p = pp;
3822 *mustfree = TRUE;
3823 }
3824 }
3825#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003826 }
3827 }
3828
3829 /*
3830 * When expanding $VIM or $VIMRUNTIME fails, try using:
3831 * - the directory name from 'helpfile' (unless it contains '$')
3832 * - the executable name from argv[0]
3833 */
3834 if (p == NULL)
3835 {
3836 if (p_hf != NULL && vim_strchr(p_hf, '$') == NULL)
3837 p = p_hf;
3838#ifdef USE_EXE_NAME
3839 /*
3840 * Use the name of the executable, obtained from argv[0].
3841 */
3842 else
3843 p = exe_name;
3844#endif
3845 if (p != NULL)
3846 {
3847 /* remove the file name */
3848 pend = gettail(p);
3849
3850 /* remove "doc/" from 'helpfile', if present */
3851 if (p == p_hf)
3852 pend = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)"doc");
3853
3854#ifdef USE_EXE_NAME
3855# ifdef MACOS_X
Bram Moolenaar95e9b492006-03-15 23:04:43 +00003856 /* remove "MacOS" from exe_name and add "Resources/vim" */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003857 if (p == exe_name)
3858 {
3859 char_u *pend1;
Bram Moolenaar95e9b492006-03-15 23:04:43 +00003860 char_u *pnew;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003861
Bram Moolenaar95e9b492006-03-15 23:04:43 +00003862 pend1 = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)"MacOS");
3863 if (pend1 != pend)
3864 {
3865 pnew = alloc((unsigned)(pend1 - p) + 15);
3866 if (pnew != NULL)
3867 {
3868 STRNCPY(pnew, p, (pend1 - p));
3869 STRCPY(pnew + (pend1 - p), "Resources/vim");
3870 p = pnew;
3871 pend = p + STRLEN(p);
3872 }
3873 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003874 }
3875# endif
3876 /* remove "src/" from exe_name, if present */
3877 if (p == exe_name)
3878 pend = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)"src");
3879#endif
3880
3881 /* for $VIM, remove "runtime/" or "vim54/", if present */
3882 if (!vimruntime)
3883 {
3884 pend = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)RUNTIME_DIRNAME);
3885 pend = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)VIM_VERSION_NODOT);
3886 }
3887
3888 /* remove trailing path separator */
3889#ifndef MACOS_CLASSIC
3890 /* With MacOS path (with colons) the final colon is required */
3891 /* to avoid confusion between absoulute and relative path */
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00003892 if (pend > p && after_pathsep(p, pend))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003893 --pend;
3894#endif
3895
Bram Moolenaar95e9b492006-03-15 23:04:43 +00003896#ifdef MACOS_X
3897 if (p == exe_name || p == p_hf)
3898#endif
3899 /* check that the result is a directory name */
3900 p = vim_strnsave(p, (int)(pend - p));
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003901
3902 if (p != NULL && !mch_isdir(p))
3903 {
3904 vim_free(p);
3905 p = NULL;
3906 }
3907 else
3908 {
3909#ifdef USE_EXE_NAME
3910 /* may add "/vim54" or "/runtime" if it exists */
3911 if (vimruntime && (pend = vim_version_dir(p)) != NULL)
3912 {
3913 vim_free(p);
3914 p = pend;
3915 }
3916#endif
3917 *mustfree = TRUE;
3918 }
3919 }
3920 }
3921
3922#ifdef HAVE_PATHDEF
3923 /* When there is a pathdef.c file we can use default_vim_dir and
3924 * default_vimruntime_dir */
3925 if (p == NULL)
3926 {
3927 /* Only use default_vimruntime_dir when it is not empty */
3928 if (vimruntime && *default_vimruntime_dir != NUL)
3929 {
3930 p = default_vimruntime_dir;
3931 *mustfree = FALSE;
3932 }
3933 else if (*default_vim_dir != NUL)
3934 {
3935 if (vimruntime && (p = vim_version_dir(default_vim_dir)) != NULL)
3936 *mustfree = TRUE;
3937 else
3938 {
3939 p = default_vim_dir;
3940 *mustfree = FALSE;
3941 }
3942 }
3943 }
3944#endif
3945
3946 /*
3947 * Set the environment variable, so that the new value can be found fast
3948 * next time, and others can also use it (e.g. Perl).
3949 */
3950 if (p != NULL)
3951 {
3952 if (vimruntime)
3953 {
3954 vim_setenv((char_u *)"VIMRUNTIME", p);
3955 didset_vimruntime = TRUE;
3956#ifdef FEAT_GETTEXT
3957 {
Bram Moolenaard6754642005-01-17 22:18:45 +00003958 char_u *buf = concat_str(p, (char_u *)"/lang");
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003959
3960 if (buf != NULL)
3961 {
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003962 bindtextdomain(VIMPACKAGE, (char *)buf);
3963 vim_free(buf);
3964 }
3965 }
3966#endif
3967 }
3968 else
3969 {
3970 vim_setenv((char_u *)"VIM", p);
3971 didset_vim = TRUE;
3972 }
3973 }
3974 return p;
3975}
3976
3977/*
3978 * Check if the directory "vimdir/<version>" or "vimdir/runtime" exists.
3979 * Return NULL if not, return its name in allocated memory otherwise.
3980 */
3981 static char_u *
3982vim_version_dir(vimdir)
3983 char_u *vimdir;
3984{
3985 char_u *p;
3986
3987 if (vimdir == NULL || *vimdir == NUL)
3988 return NULL;
3989 p = concat_fnames(vimdir, (char_u *)VIM_VERSION_NODOT, TRUE);
3990 if (p != NULL && mch_isdir(p))
3991 return p;
3992 vim_free(p);
3993 p = concat_fnames(vimdir, (char_u *)RUNTIME_DIRNAME, TRUE);
3994 if (p != NULL && mch_isdir(p))
3995 return p;
3996 vim_free(p);
3997 return NULL;
3998}
3999
4000/*
4001 * If the string between "p" and "pend" ends in "name/", return "pend" minus
4002 * the length of "name/". Otherwise return "pend".
4003 */
4004 static char_u *
4005remove_tail(p, pend, name)
4006 char_u *p;
4007 char_u *pend;
4008 char_u *name;
4009{
4010 int len = (int)STRLEN(name) + 1;
4011 char_u *newend = pend - len;
4012
4013 if (newend >= p
4014 && fnamencmp(newend, name, len - 1) == 0
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00004015 && (newend == p || after_pathsep(p, newend)))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004016 return newend;
4017 return pend;
4018}
4019
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004020/*
4021 * Call expand_env() and store the result in an allocated string.
4022 * This is not very memory efficient, this expects the result to be freed
4023 * again soon.
4024 */
4025 char_u *
4026expand_env_save(src)
4027 char_u *src;
4028{
4029 char_u *p;
4030
4031 p = alloc(MAXPATHL);
4032 if (p != NULL)
4033 expand_env(src, p, MAXPATHL);
4034 return p;
4035}
4036
4037/*
4038 * Our portable version of setenv.
4039 */
4040 void
4041vim_setenv(name, val)
4042 char_u *name;
4043 char_u *val;
4044{
4045#ifdef HAVE_SETENV
4046 mch_setenv((char *)name, (char *)val, 1);
4047#else
4048 char_u *envbuf;
4049
4050 /*
4051 * Putenv does not copy the string, it has to remain
4052 * valid. The allocated memory will never be freed.
4053 */
4054 envbuf = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(name) + STRLEN(val) + 2));
4055 if (envbuf != NULL)
4056 {
4057 sprintf((char *)envbuf, "%s=%s", name, val);
4058 putenv((char *)envbuf);
4059 }
4060#endif
4061}
4062
4063#if defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) || defined(PROTO)
4064/*
4065 * Function given to ExpandGeneric() to obtain an environment variable name.
4066 */
4067/*ARGSUSED*/
4068 char_u *
4069get_env_name(xp, idx)
4070 expand_T *xp;
4071 int idx;
4072{
4073# if defined(AMIGA) || defined(__MRC__) || defined(__SC__)
4074 /*
4075 * No environ[] on the Amiga and on the Mac (using MPW).
4076 */
4077 return NULL;
4078# else
4079# ifndef __WIN32__
4080 /* Borland C++ 5.2 has this in a header file. */
4081 extern char **environ;
4082# endif
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00004083# define ENVNAMELEN 100
4084 static char_u name[ENVNAMELEN];
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004085 char_u *str;
4086 int n;
4087
4088 str = (char_u *)environ[idx];
4089 if (str == NULL)
4090 return NULL;
4091
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00004092 for (n = 0; n < ENVNAMELEN - 1; ++n)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004093 {
4094 if (str[n] == '=' || str[n] == NUL)
4095 break;
4096 name[n] = str[n];
4097 }
4098 name[n] = NUL;
4099 return name;
4100# endif
4101}
4102#endif
4103
4104/*
4105 * Replace home directory by "~" in each space or comma separated file name in
4106 * 'src'.
4107 * If anything fails (except when out of space) dst equals src.
4108 */
4109 void
4110home_replace(buf, src, dst, dstlen, one)
4111 buf_T *buf; /* when not NULL, check for help files */
4112 char_u *src; /* input file name */
4113 char_u *dst; /* where to put the result */
4114 int dstlen; /* maximum length of the result */
4115 int one; /* if TRUE, only replace one file name, include
4116 spaces and commas in the file name. */
4117{
4118 size_t dirlen = 0, envlen = 0;
4119 size_t len;
4120 char_u *homedir_env;
4121 char_u *p;
4122
4123 if (src == NULL)
4124 {
4125 *dst = NUL;
4126 return;
4127 }
4128
4129 /*
4130 * If the file is a help file, remove the path completely.
4131 */
4132 if (buf != NULL && buf->b_help)
4133 {
4134 STRCPY(dst, gettail(src));
4135 return;
4136 }
4137
4138 /*
4139 * We check both the value of the $HOME environment variable and the
4140 * "real" home directory.
4141 */
4142 if (homedir != NULL)
4143 dirlen = STRLEN(homedir);
4144
4145#ifdef VMS
4146 homedir_env = mch_getenv((char_u *)"SYS$LOGIN");
4147#else
4148 homedir_env = mch_getenv((char_u *)"HOME");
4149#endif
4150
4151 if (homedir_env != NULL && *homedir_env == NUL)
4152 homedir_env = NULL;
4153 if (homedir_env != NULL)
4154 envlen = STRLEN(homedir_env);
4155
4156 if (!one)
4157 src = skipwhite(src);
4158 while (*src && dstlen > 0)
4159 {
4160 /*
4161 * Here we are at the beginning of a file name.
4162 * First, check to see if the beginning of the file name matches
4163 * $HOME or the "real" home directory. Check that there is a '/'
4164 * after the match (so that if e.g. the file is "/home/pieter/bla",
4165 * and the home directory is "/home/piet", the file does not end up
4166 * as "~er/bla" (which would seem to indicate the file "bla" in user
4167 * er's home directory)).
4168 */
4169 p = homedir;
4170 len = dirlen;
4171 for (;;)
4172 {
4173 if ( len
4174 && fnamencmp(src, p, len) == 0
4175 && (vim_ispathsep(src[len])
4176 || (!one && (src[len] == ',' || src[len] == ' '))
4177 || src[len] == NUL))
4178 {
4179 src += len;
4180 if (--dstlen > 0)
4181 *dst++ = '~';
4182
4183 /*
4184 * If it's just the home directory, add "/".
4185 */
4186 if (!vim_ispathsep(src[0]) && --dstlen > 0)
4187 *dst++ = '/';
4188 break;
4189 }
4190 if (p == homedir_env)
4191 break;
4192 p = homedir_env;
4193 len = envlen;
4194 }
4195
4196 /* if (!one) skip to separator: space or comma */
4197 while (*src && (one || (*src != ',' && *src != ' ')) && --dstlen > 0)
4198 *dst++ = *src++;
4199 /* skip separator */
4200 while ((*src == ' ' || *src == ',') && --dstlen > 0)
4201 *dst++ = *src++;
4202 }
4203 /* if (dstlen == 0) out of space, what to do??? */
4204
4205 *dst = NUL;
4206}
4207
4208/*
4209 * Like home_replace, store the replaced string in allocated memory.
4210 * When something fails, NULL is returned.
4211 */
4212 char_u *
4213home_replace_save(buf, src)
4214 buf_T *buf; /* when not NULL, check for help files */
4215 char_u *src; /* input file name */
4216{
4217 char_u *dst;
4218 unsigned len;
4219
4220 len = 3; /* space for "~/" and trailing NUL */
4221 if (src != NULL) /* just in case */
4222 len += (unsigned)STRLEN(src);
4223 dst = alloc(len);
4224 if (dst != NULL)
4225 home_replace(buf, src, dst, len, TRUE);
4226 return dst;
4227}
4228
4229/*
4230 * Compare two file names and return:
4231 * FPC_SAME if they both exist and are the same file.
4232 * FPC_SAMEX if they both don't exist and have the same file name.
4233 * FPC_DIFF if they both exist and are different files.
4234 * FPC_NOTX if they both don't exist.
4235 * FPC_DIFFX if one of them doesn't exist.
4236 * For the first name environment variables are expanded
4237 */
4238 int
4239fullpathcmp(s1, s2, checkname)
4240 char_u *s1, *s2;
4241 int checkname; /* when both don't exist, check file names */
4242{
4243#ifdef UNIX
4244 char_u exp1[MAXPATHL];
4245 char_u full1[MAXPATHL];
4246 char_u full2[MAXPATHL];
4247 struct stat st1, st2;
4248 int r1, r2;
4249
4250 expand_env(s1, exp1, MAXPATHL);
4251 r1 = mch_stat((char *)exp1, &st1);
4252 r2 = mch_stat((char *)s2, &st2);
4253 if (r1 != 0 && r2 != 0)
4254 {
4255 /* if mch_stat() doesn't work, may compare the names */
4256 if (checkname)
4257 {
4258 if (fnamecmp(exp1, s2) == 0)
4259 return FPC_SAMEX;
4260 r1 = vim_FullName(exp1, full1, MAXPATHL, FALSE);
4261 r2 = vim_FullName(s2, full2, MAXPATHL, FALSE);
4262 if (r1 == OK && r2 == OK && fnamecmp(full1, full2) == 0)
4263 return FPC_SAMEX;
4264 }
4265 return FPC_NOTX;
4266 }
4267 if (r1 != 0 || r2 != 0)
4268 return FPC_DIFFX;
4269 if (st1.st_dev == st2.st_dev && st1.st_ino == st2.st_ino)
4270 return FPC_SAME;
4271 return FPC_DIFF;
4272#else
4273 char_u *exp1; /* expanded s1 */
4274 char_u *full1; /* full path of s1 */
4275 char_u *full2; /* full path of s2 */
4276 int retval = FPC_DIFF;
4277 int r1, r2;
4278
4279 /* allocate one buffer to store three paths (alloc()/free() is slow!) */
4280 if ((exp1 = alloc(MAXPATHL * 3)) != NULL)
4281 {
4282 full1 = exp1 + MAXPATHL;
4283 full2 = full1 + MAXPATHL;
4284
4285 expand_env(s1, exp1, MAXPATHL);
4286 r1 = vim_FullName(exp1, full1, MAXPATHL, FALSE);
4287 r2 = vim_FullName(s2, full2, MAXPATHL, FALSE);
4288
4289 /* If vim_FullName() fails, the file probably doesn't exist. */
4290 if (r1 != OK && r2 != OK)
4291 {
4292 if (checkname && fnamecmp(exp1, s2) == 0)
4293 retval = FPC_SAMEX;
4294 else
4295 retval = FPC_NOTX;
4296 }
4297 else if (r1 != OK || r2 != OK)
4298 retval = FPC_DIFFX;
4299 else if (fnamecmp(full1, full2))
4300 retval = FPC_DIFF;
4301 else
4302 retval = FPC_SAME;
4303 vim_free(exp1);
4304 }
4305 return retval;
4306#endif
4307}
4308
4309/*
Bram Moolenaarf4b8e572004-06-24 15:53:16 +00004310 * Get the tail of a path: the file name.
4311 * Fail safe: never returns NULL.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004312 */
4313 char_u *
4314gettail(fname)
4315 char_u *fname;
4316{
4317 char_u *p1, *p2;
4318
4319 if (fname == NULL)
4320 return (char_u *)"";
4321 for (p1 = p2 = fname; *p2; ) /* find last part of path */
4322 {
4323 if (vim_ispathsep(*p2))
4324 p1 = p2 + 1;
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00004325 mb_ptr_adv(p2);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004326 }
4327 return p1;
4328}
4329
4330/*
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00004331 * Get pointer to tail of "fname", including path separators. Putting a NUL
4332 * here leaves the directory name. Takes care of "c:/" and "//".
4333 * Always returns a valid pointer.
4334 */
4335 char_u *
4336gettail_sep(fname)
4337 char_u *fname;
4338{
4339 char_u *p;
4340 char_u *t;
4341
4342 p = get_past_head(fname); /* don't remove the '/' from "c:/file" */
4343 t = gettail(fname);
4344 while (t > p && after_pathsep(fname, t))
4345 --t;
4346#ifdef VMS
4347 /* path separator is part of the path */
4348 ++t;
4349#endif
4350 return t;
4351}
4352
4353/*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004354 * get the next path component (just after the next path separator).
4355 */
4356 char_u *
4357getnextcomp(fname)
4358 char_u *fname;
4359{
4360 while (*fname && !vim_ispathsep(*fname))
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00004361 mb_ptr_adv(fname);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004362 if (*fname)
4363 ++fname;
4364 return fname;
4365}
4366
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004367/*
4368 * Get a pointer to one character past the head of a path name.
4369 * Unix: after "/"; DOS: after "c:\"; Amiga: after "disk:/"; Mac: no head.
4370 * If there is no head, path is returned.
4371 */
4372 char_u *
4373get_past_head(path)
4374 char_u *path;
4375{
4376 char_u *retval;
4377
4378#if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2)
4379 /* may skip "c:" */
4380 if (isalpha(path[0]) && path[1] == ':')
4381 retval = path + 2;
4382 else
4383 retval = path;
4384#else
4385# if defined(AMIGA)
4386 /* may skip "label:" */
4387 retval = vim_strchr(path, ':');
4388 if (retval == NULL)
4389 retval = path;
4390# else /* Unix */
4391 retval = path;
4392# endif
4393#endif
4394
4395 while (vim_ispathsep(*retval))
4396 ++retval;
4397
4398 return retval;
4399}
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004400
4401/*
4402 * return TRUE if 'c' is a path separator.
4403 */
4404 int
4405vim_ispathsep(c)
4406 int c;
4407{
4408#ifdef RISCOS
4409 return (c == '.' || c == ':');
4410#else
4411# ifdef UNIX
4412 return (c == '/'); /* UNIX has ':' inside file names */
4413# else
4414# ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME
4415 return (c == ':' || c == '/' || c == '\\');
4416# else
4417# ifdef VMS
4418 /* server"user passwd"::device:[full.path.name]fname.extension;version" */
4419 return (c == ':' || c == '[' || c == ']' || c == '/'
4420 || c == '<' || c == '>' || c == '"' );
Bram Moolenaar1056d982006-03-09 22:37:52 +00004421# else /* Amiga */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004422 return (c == ':' || c == '/');
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004423# endif /* VMS */
4424# endif
4425# endif
4426#endif /* RISC OS */
4427}
4428
4429#if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH) || defined(PROTO)
4430/*
4431 * return TRUE if 'c' is a path list separator.
4432 */
4433 int
4434vim_ispathlistsep(c)
4435 int c;
4436{
4437#ifdef UNIX
4438 return (c == ':');
4439#else
4440 return (c == ';'); /* might not be rigth for every system... */
4441#endif
4442}
4443#endif
4444
Bram Moolenaar900b4d72005-12-12 22:05:50 +00004445/*
4446 * Return TRUE if the directory of "fname" exists, FALSE otherwise.
4447 * Also returns TRUE if there is no directory name.
4448 * "fname" must be writable!.
4449 */
4450 int
4451dir_of_file_exists(fname)
4452 char_u *fname;
4453{
4454 char_u *p;
4455 int c;
4456 int retval;
4457
4458 p = gettail_sep(fname);
4459 if (p == fname)
4460 return TRUE;
4461 c = *p;
4462 *p = NUL;
4463 retval = mch_isdir(fname);
4464 *p = c;
4465 return retval;
4466}
4467
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004468#if (defined(CASE_INSENSITIVE_FILENAME) && defined(BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME)) \
4469 || defined(PROTO)
4470/*
4471 * Versions of fnamecmp() and fnamencmp() that handle '/' and '\' equally.
4472 */
4473 int
4474vim_fnamecmp(x, y)
4475 char_u *x, *y;
4476{
4477 return vim_fnamencmp(x, y, MAXPATHL);
4478}
4479
4480 int
4481vim_fnamencmp(x, y, len)
4482 char_u *x, *y;
4483 size_t len;
4484{
4485 while (len > 0 && *x && *y)
4486 {
4487 if (TOLOWER_LOC(*x) != TOLOWER_LOC(*y)
4488 && !(*x == '/' && *y == '\\')
4489 && !(*x == '\\' && *y == '/'))
4490 break;
4491 ++x;
4492 ++y;
4493 --len;
4494 }
4495 if (len == 0)
4496 return 0;
4497 return (*x - *y);
4498}
4499#endif
4500
4501/*
4502 * Concatenate file names fname1 and fname2 into allocated memory.
4503 * Only add a '/' or '\\' when 'sep' is TRUE and it is neccesary.
4504 */
4505 char_u *
4506concat_fnames(fname1, fname2, sep)
4507 char_u *fname1;
4508 char_u *fname2;
4509 int sep;
4510{
4511 char_u *dest;
4512
4513 dest = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(fname1) + STRLEN(fname2) + 3));
4514 if (dest != NULL)
4515 {
4516 STRCPY(dest, fname1);
4517 if (sep)
4518 add_pathsep(dest);
4519 STRCAT(dest, fname2);
4520 }
4521 return dest;
4522}
4523
Bram Moolenaard6754642005-01-17 22:18:45 +00004524#if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(FEAT_GETTEXT) || defined(PROTO)
4525/*
4526 * Concatenate two strings and return the result in allocated memory.
4527 * Returns NULL when out of memory.
4528 */
4529 char_u *
4530concat_str(str1, str2)
4531 char_u *str1;
4532 char_u *str2;
4533{
4534 char_u *dest;
4535 size_t l = STRLEN(str1);
4536
4537 dest = alloc((unsigned)(l + STRLEN(str2) + 1L));
4538 if (dest != NULL)
4539 {
4540 STRCPY(dest, str1);
4541 STRCPY(dest + l, str2);
4542 }
4543 return dest;
4544}
4545#endif
4546
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004547/*
4548 * Add a path separator to a file name, unless it already ends in a path
4549 * separator.
4550 */
4551 void
4552add_pathsep(p)
4553 char_u *p;
4554{
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00004555 if (*p != NUL && !after_pathsep(p, p + STRLEN(p)))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004556 STRCAT(p, PATHSEPSTR);
4557}
4558
4559/*
4560 * FullName_save - Make an allocated copy of a full file name.
4561 * Returns NULL when out of memory.
4562 */
4563 char_u *
4564FullName_save(fname, force)
4565 char_u *fname;
4566 int force; /* force expansion, even when it already looks
4567 like a full path name */
4568{
4569 char_u *buf;
4570 char_u *new_fname = NULL;
4571
4572 if (fname == NULL)
4573 return NULL;
4574
4575 buf = alloc((unsigned)MAXPATHL);
4576 if (buf != NULL)
4577 {
4578 if (vim_FullName(fname, buf, MAXPATHL, force) != FAIL)
4579 new_fname = vim_strsave(buf);
4580 else
4581 new_fname = vim_strsave(fname);
4582 vim_free(buf);
4583 }
4584 return new_fname;
4585}
4586
4587#if defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(FEAT_SYN_HL)
4588
4589static char_u *skip_string __ARGS((char_u *p));
4590
4591/*
4592 * Find the start of a comment, not knowing if we are in a comment right now.
4593 * Search starts at w_cursor.lnum and goes backwards.
4594 */
4595 pos_T *
4596find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment) /* XXX */
4597 int ind_maxcomment;
4598{
4599 pos_T *pos;
4600 char_u *line;
4601 char_u *p;
4602
4603 if ((pos = findmatchlimit(NULL, '*', FM_BACKWARD, ind_maxcomment)) == NULL)
4604 return NULL;
4605
4606 /*
4607 * Check if the comment start we found is inside a string.
4608 */
4609 line = ml_get(pos->lnum);
4610 for (p = line; *p && (unsigned)(p - line) < pos->col; ++p)
4611 p = skip_string(p);
4612 if ((unsigned)(p - line) > pos->col)
4613 return NULL;
4614 return pos;
4615}
4616
4617/*
4618 * Skip to the end of a "string" and a 'c' character.
4619 * If there is no string or character, return argument unmodified.
4620 */
4621 static char_u *
4622skip_string(p)
4623 char_u *p;
4624{
4625 int i;
4626
4627 /*
4628 * We loop, because strings may be concatenated: "date""time".
4629 */
4630 for ( ; ; ++p)
4631 {
4632 if (p[0] == '\'') /* 'c' or '\n' or '\000' */
4633 {
4634 if (!p[1]) /* ' at end of line */
4635 break;
4636 i = 2;
4637 if (p[1] == '\\') /* '\n' or '\000' */
4638 {
4639 ++i;
4640 while (vim_isdigit(p[i - 1])) /* '\000' */
4641 ++i;
4642 }
4643 if (p[i] == '\'') /* check for trailing ' */
4644 {
4645 p += i;
4646 continue;
4647 }
4648 }
4649 else if (p[0] == '"') /* start of string */
4650 {
4651 for (++p; p[0]; ++p)
4652 {
4653 if (p[0] == '\\' && p[1] != NUL)
4654 ++p;
4655 else if (p[0] == '"') /* end of string */
4656 break;
4657 }
4658 if (p[0] == '"')
4659 continue;
4660 }
4661 break; /* no string found */
4662 }
4663 if (!*p)
4664 --p; /* backup from NUL */
4665 return p;
4666}
4667#endif /* FEAT_CINDENT || FEAT_SYN_HL */
4668
4669#if defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(PROTO)
4670
4671/*
4672 * Do C or expression indenting on the current line.
4673 */
4674 void
4675do_c_expr_indent()
4676{
4677# ifdef FEAT_EVAL
4678 if (*curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL)
4679 fixthisline(get_expr_indent);
4680 else
4681# endif
4682 fixthisline(get_c_indent);
4683}
4684
4685/*
4686 * Functions for C-indenting.
4687 * Most of this originally comes from Eric Fischer.
4688 */
4689/*
4690 * Below "XXX" means that this function may unlock the current line.
4691 */
4692
4693static char_u *cin_skipcomment __ARGS((char_u *));
4694static int cin_nocode __ARGS((char_u *));
4695static pos_T *find_line_comment __ARGS((void));
4696static int cin_islabel_skip __ARGS((char_u **));
4697static int cin_isdefault __ARGS((char_u *));
4698static char_u *after_label __ARGS((char_u *l));
4699static int get_indent_nolabel __ARGS((linenr_T lnum));
4700static int skip_label __ARGS((linenr_T, char_u **pp, int ind_maxcomment));
4701static int cin_first_id_amount __ARGS((void));
4702static int cin_get_equal_amount __ARGS((linenr_T lnum));
4703static int cin_ispreproc __ARGS((char_u *));
4704static int cin_ispreproc_cont __ARGS((char_u **pp, linenr_T *lnump));
4705static int cin_iscomment __ARGS((char_u *));
4706static int cin_islinecomment __ARGS((char_u *));
4707static int cin_isterminated __ARGS((char_u *, int, int));
4708static int cin_isinit __ARGS((void));
4709static int cin_isfuncdecl __ARGS((char_u **, linenr_T));
4710static int cin_isif __ARGS((char_u *));
4711static int cin_iselse __ARGS((char_u *));
4712static int cin_isdo __ARGS((char_u *));
4713static int cin_iswhileofdo __ARGS((char_u *, linenr_T, int));
4714static int cin_isbreak __ARGS((char_u *));
4715static int cin_is_cpp_baseclass __ARGS((char_u *line, colnr_T *col));
4716static int cin_ends_in __ARGS((char_u *, char_u *, char_u *));
4717static int cin_skip2pos __ARGS((pos_T *trypos));
4718static pos_T *find_start_brace __ARGS((int));
4719static pos_T *find_match_paren __ARGS((int, int));
4720static int corr_ind_maxparen __ARGS((int ind_maxparen, pos_T *startpos));
4721static int find_last_paren __ARGS((char_u *l, int start, int end));
4722static int find_match __ARGS((int lookfor, linenr_T ourscope, int ind_maxparen, int ind_maxcomment));
4723
4724/*
4725 * Skip over white space and C comments within the line.
4726 */
4727 static char_u *
4728cin_skipcomment(s)
4729 char_u *s;
4730{
4731 while (*s)
4732 {
4733 s = skipwhite(s);
4734 if (*s != '/')
4735 break;
4736 ++s;
4737 if (*s == '/') /* slash-slash comment continues till eol */
4738 {
4739 s += STRLEN(s);
4740 break;
4741 }
4742 if (*s != '*')
4743 break;
4744 for (++s; *s; ++s) /* skip slash-star comment */
4745 if (s[0] == '*' && s[1] == '/')
4746 {
4747 s += 2;
4748 break;
4749 }
4750 }
4751 return s;
4752}
4753
4754/*
4755 * Return TRUE if there there is no code at *s. White space and comments are
4756 * not considered code.
4757 */
4758 static int
4759cin_nocode(s)
4760 char_u *s;
4761{
4762 return *cin_skipcomment(s) == NUL;
4763}
4764
4765/*
4766 * Check previous lines for a "//" line comment, skipping over blank lines.
4767 */
4768 static pos_T *
4769find_line_comment() /* XXX */
4770{
4771 static pos_T pos;
4772 char_u *line;
4773 char_u *p;
4774
4775 pos = curwin->w_cursor;
4776 while (--pos.lnum > 0)
4777 {
4778 line = ml_get(pos.lnum);
4779 p = skipwhite(line);
4780 if (cin_islinecomment(p))
4781 {
4782 pos.col = (int)(p - line);
4783 return &pos;
4784 }
4785 if (*p != NUL)
4786 break;
4787 }
4788 return NULL;
4789}
4790
4791/*
4792 * Check if string matches "label:"; move to character after ':' if true.
4793 */
4794 static int
4795cin_islabel_skip(s)
4796 char_u **s;
4797{
4798 if (!vim_isIDc(**s)) /* need at least one ID character */
4799 return FALSE;
4800
4801 while (vim_isIDc(**s))
4802 (*s)++;
4803
4804 *s = cin_skipcomment(*s);
4805
4806 /* "::" is not a label, it's C++ */
4807 return (**s == ':' && *++*s != ':');
4808}
4809
4810/*
4811 * Recognize a label: "label:".
4812 * Note: curwin->w_cursor must be where we are looking for the label.
4813 */
4814 int
4815cin_islabel(ind_maxcomment) /* XXX */
4816 int ind_maxcomment;
4817{
4818 char_u *s;
4819
4820 s = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
4821
4822 /*
4823 * Exclude "default" from labels, since it should be indented
4824 * like a switch label. Same for C++ scope declarations.
4825 */
4826 if (cin_isdefault(s))
4827 return FALSE;
4828 if (cin_isscopedecl(s))
4829 return FALSE;
4830
4831 if (cin_islabel_skip(&s))
4832 {
4833 /*
4834 * Only accept a label if the previous line is terminated or is a case
4835 * label.
4836 */
4837 pos_T cursor_save;
4838 pos_T *trypos;
4839 char_u *line;
4840
4841 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor;
4842 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
4843 {
4844 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
4845
4846 /*
4847 * If we're in a comment now, skip to the start of the comment.
4848 */
4849 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
4850 if ((trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL) /* XXX */
4851 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos;
4852
4853 line = ml_get_curline();
4854 if (cin_ispreproc(line)) /* ignore #defines, #if, etc. */
4855 continue;
4856 if (*(line = cin_skipcomment(line)) == NUL)
4857 continue;
4858
4859 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
4860 if (cin_isterminated(line, TRUE, FALSE)
4861 || cin_isscopedecl(line)
4862 || cin_iscase(line)
4863 || (cin_islabel_skip(&line) && cin_nocode(line)))
4864 return TRUE;
4865 return FALSE;
4866 }
4867 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
4868 return TRUE; /* label at start of file??? */
4869 }
4870 return FALSE;
4871}
4872
4873/*
4874 * Recognize structure initialization and enumerations.
4875 * Q&D-Implementation:
4876 * check for "=" at end or "[typedef] enum" at beginning of line.
4877 */
4878 static int
4879cin_isinit(void)
4880{
4881 char_u *s;
4882
4883 s = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
4884
4885 if (STRNCMP(s, "typedef", 7) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[7]))
4886 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 7);
4887
4888 if (STRNCMP(s, "enum", 4) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[4]))
4889 return TRUE;
4890
4891 if (cin_ends_in(s, (char_u *)"=", (char_u *)"{"))
4892 return TRUE;
4893
4894 return FALSE;
4895}
4896
4897/*
4898 * Recognize a switch label: "case .*:" or "default:".
4899 */
4900 int
4901cin_iscase(s)
4902 char_u *s;
4903{
4904 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
4905 if (STRNCMP(s, "case", 4) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[4]))
4906 {
4907 for (s += 4; *s; ++s)
4908 {
4909 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
4910 if (*s == ':')
4911 {
4912 if (s[1] == ':') /* skip over "::" for C++ */
4913 ++s;
4914 else
4915 return TRUE;
4916 }
4917 if (*s == '\'' && s[1] && s[2] == '\'')
4918 s += 2; /* skip over '.' */
4919 else if (*s == '/' && (s[1] == '*' || s[1] == '/'))
4920 return FALSE; /* stop at comment */
4921 else if (*s == '"')
4922 return FALSE; /* stop at string */
4923 }
4924 return FALSE;
4925 }
4926
4927 if (cin_isdefault(s))
4928 return TRUE;
4929 return FALSE;
4930}
4931
4932/*
4933 * Recognize a "default" switch label.
4934 */
4935 static int
4936cin_isdefault(s)
4937 char_u *s;
4938{
4939 return (STRNCMP(s, "default", 7) == 0
4940 && *(s = cin_skipcomment(s + 7)) == ':'
4941 && s[1] != ':');
4942}
4943
4944/*
4945 * Recognize a "public/private/proctected" scope declaration label.
4946 */
4947 int
4948cin_isscopedecl(s)
4949 char_u *s;
4950{
4951 int i;
4952
4953 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
4954 if (STRNCMP(s, "public", 6) == 0)
4955 i = 6;
4956 else if (STRNCMP(s, "protected", 9) == 0)
4957 i = 9;
4958 else if (STRNCMP(s, "private", 7) == 0)
4959 i = 7;
4960 else
4961 return FALSE;
4962 return (*(s = cin_skipcomment(s + i)) == ':' && s[1] != ':');
4963}
4964
4965/*
4966 * Return a pointer to the first non-empty non-comment character after a ':'.
4967 * Return NULL if not found.
4968 * case 234: a = b;
4969 * ^
4970 */
4971 static char_u *
4972after_label(l)
4973 char_u *l;
4974{
4975 for ( ; *l; ++l)
4976 {
4977 if (*l == ':')
4978 {
4979 if (l[1] == ':') /* skip over "::" for C++ */
4980 ++l;
4981 else if (!cin_iscase(l + 1))
4982 break;
4983 }
4984 else if (*l == '\'' && l[1] && l[2] == '\'')
4985 l += 2; /* skip over 'x' */
4986 }
4987 if (*l == NUL)
4988 return NULL;
4989 l = cin_skipcomment(l + 1);
4990 if (*l == NUL)
4991 return NULL;
4992 return l;
4993}
4994
4995/*
4996 * Get indent of line "lnum", skipping a label.
4997 * Return 0 if there is nothing after the label.
4998 */
4999 static int
5000get_indent_nolabel(lnum) /* XXX */
5001 linenr_T lnum;
5002{
5003 char_u *l;
5004 pos_T fp;
5005 colnr_T col;
5006 char_u *p;
5007
5008 l = ml_get(lnum);
5009 p = after_label(l);
5010 if (p == NULL)
5011 return 0;
5012
5013 fp.col = (colnr_T)(p - l);
5014 fp.lnum = lnum;
5015 getvcol(curwin, &fp, &col, NULL, NULL);
5016 return (int)col;
5017}
5018
5019/*
5020 * Find indent for line "lnum", ignoring any case or jump label.
5021 * Also return a pointer to the text (after the label).
5022 * label: if (asdf && asdfasdf)
5023 * ^
5024 */
5025 static int
5026skip_label(lnum, pp, ind_maxcomment)
5027 linenr_T lnum;
5028 char_u **pp;
5029 int ind_maxcomment;
5030{
5031 char_u *l;
5032 int amount;
5033 pos_T cursor_save;
5034
5035 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor;
5036 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
5037 l = ml_get_curline();
5038 /* XXX */
5039 if (cin_iscase(l) || cin_isscopedecl(l) || cin_islabel(ind_maxcomment))
5040 {
5041 amount = get_indent_nolabel(lnum);
5042 l = after_label(ml_get_curline());
5043 if (l == NULL) /* just in case */
5044 l = ml_get_curline();
5045 }
5046 else
5047 {
5048 amount = get_indent();
5049 l = ml_get_curline();
5050 }
5051 *pp = l;
5052
5053 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
5054 return amount;
5055}
5056
5057/*
5058 * Return the indent of the first variable name after a type in a declaration.
5059 * int a, indent of "a"
5060 * static struct foo b, indent of "b"
5061 * enum bla c, indent of "c"
5062 * Returns zero when it doesn't look like a declaration.
5063 */
5064 static int
5065cin_first_id_amount()
5066{
5067 char_u *line, *p, *s;
5068 int len;
5069 pos_T fp;
5070 colnr_T col;
5071
5072 line = ml_get_curline();
5073 p = skipwhite(line);
5074 len = skiptowhite(p) - p;
5075 if (len == 6 && STRNCMP(p, "static", 6) == 0)
5076 {
5077 p = skipwhite(p + 6);
5078 len = skiptowhite(p) - p;
5079 }
5080 if (len == 6 && STRNCMP(p, "struct", 6) == 0)
5081 p = skipwhite(p + 6);
5082 else if (len == 4 && STRNCMP(p, "enum", 4) == 0)
5083 p = skipwhite(p + 4);
5084 else if ((len == 8 && STRNCMP(p, "unsigned", 8) == 0)
5085 || (len == 6 && STRNCMP(p, "signed", 6) == 0))
5086 {
5087 s = skipwhite(p + len);
5088 if ((STRNCMP(s, "int", 3) == 0 && vim_iswhite(s[3]))
5089 || (STRNCMP(s, "long", 4) == 0 && vim_iswhite(s[4]))
5090 || (STRNCMP(s, "short", 5) == 0 && vim_iswhite(s[5]))
5091 || (STRNCMP(s, "char", 4) == 0 && vim_iswhite(s[4])))
5092 p = s;
5093 }
5094 for (len = 0; vim_isIDc(p[len]); ++len)
5095 ;
5096 if (len == 0 || !vim_iswhite(p[len]) || cin_nocode(p))
5097 return 0;
5098
5099 p = skipwhite(p + len);
5100 fp.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
5101 fp.col = (colnr_T)(p - line);
5102 getvcol(curwin, &fp, &col, NULL, NULL);
5103 return (int)col;
5104}
5105
5106/*
5107 * Return the indent of the first non-blank after an equal sign.
5108 * char *foo = "here";
5109 * Return zero if no (useful) equal sign found.
5110 * Return -1 if the line above "lnum" ends in a backslash.
5111 * foo = "asdf\
5112 * asdf\
5113 * here";
5114 */
5115 static int
5116cin_get_equal_amount(lnum)
5117 linenr_T lnum;
5118{
5119 char_u *line;
5120 char_u *s;
5121 colnr_T col;
5122 pos_T fp;
5123
5124 if (lnum > 1)
5125 {
5126 line = ml_get(lnum - 1);
5127 if (*line != NUL && line[STRLEN(line) - 1] == '\\')
5128 return -1;
5129 }
5130
5131 line = s = ml_get(lnum);
5132 while (*s != NUL && vim_strchr((char_u *)"=;{}\"'", *s) == NULL)
5133 {
5134 if (cin_iscomment(s)) /* ignore comments */
5135 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
5136 else
5137 ++s;
5138 }
5139 if (*s != '=')
5140 return 0;
5141
5142 s = skipwhite(s + 1);
5143 if (cin_nocode(s))
5144 return 0;
5145
5146 if (*s == '"') /* nice alignment for continued strings */
5147 ++s;
5148
5149 fp.lnum = lnum;
5150 fp.col = (colnr_T)(s - line);
5151 getvcol(curwin, &fp, &col, NULL, NULL);
5152 return (int)col;
5153}
5154
5155/*
5156 * Recognize a preprocessor statement: Any line that starts with '#'.
5157 */
5158 static int
5159cin_ispreproc(s)
5160 char_u *s;
5161{
5162 s = skipwhite(s);
5163 if (*s == '#')
5164 return TRUE;
5165 return FALSE;
5166}
5167
5168/*
5169 * Return TRUE if line "*pp" at "*lnump" is a preprocessor statement or a
5170 * continuation line of a preprocessor statement. Decrease "*lnump" to the
5171 * start and return the line in "*pp".
5172 */
5173 static int
5174cin_ispreproc_cont(pp, lnump)
5175 char_u **pp;
5176 linenr_T *lnump;
5177{
5178 char_u *line = *pp;
5179 linenr_T lnum = *lnump;
5180 int retval = FALSE;
5181
Bram Moolenaard8e9bb22005-07-09 21:14:46 +00005182 for (;;)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005183 {
5184 if (cin_ispreproc(line))
5185 {
5186 retval = TRUE;
5187 *lnump = lnum;
5188 break;
5189 }
5190 if (lnum == 1)
5191 break;
5192 line = ml_get(--lnum);
5193 if (*line == NUL || line[STRLEN(line) - 1] != '\\')
5194 break;
5195 }
5196
5197 if (lnum != *lnump)
5198 *pp = ml_get(*lnump);
5199 return retval;
5200}
5201
5202/*
5203 * Recognize the start of a C or C++ comment.
5204 */
5205 static int
5206cin_iscomment(p)
5207 char_u *p;
5208{
5209 return (p[0] == '/' && (p[1] == '*' || p[1] == '/'));
5210}
5211
5212/*
5213 * Recognize the start of a "//" comment.
5214 */
5215 static int
5216cin_islinecomment(p)
5217 char_u *p;
5218{
5219 return (p[0] == '/' && p[1] == '/');
5220}
5221
5222/*
5223 * Recognize a line that starts with '{' or '}', or ends with ';', '{' or '}'.
5224 * Don't consider "} else" a terminated line.
5225 * Return the character terminating the line (ending char's have precedence if
5226 * both apply in order to determine initializations).
5227 */
5228 static int
5229cin_isterminated(s, incl_open, incl_comma)
5230 char_u *s;
5231 int incl_open; /* include '{' at the end as terminator */
5232 int incl_comma; /* recognize a trailing comma */
5233{
5234 char_u found_start = 0;
5235
5236 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
5237
5238 if (*s == '{' || (*s == '}' && !cin_iselse(s)))
5239 found_start = *s;
5240
5241 while (*s)
5242 {
5243 /* skip over comments, "" strings and 'c'haracters */
5244 s = skip_string(cin_skipcomment(s));
5245 if ((*s == ';' || (incl_open && *s == '{') || *s == '}'
5246 || (incl_comma && *s == ','))
5247 && cin_nocode(s + 1))
5248 return *s;
5249
5250 if (*s)
5251 s++;
5252 }
5253 return found_start;
5254}
5255
5256/*
5257 * Recognize the basic picture of a function declaration -- it needs to
5258 * have an open paren somewhere and a close paren at the end of the line and
5259 * no semicolons anywhere.
5260 * When a line ends in a comma we continue looking in the next line.
5261 * "sp" points to a string with the line. When looking at other lines it must
5262 * be restored to the line. When it's NULL fetch lines here.
5263 * "lnum" is where we start looking.
5264 */
5265 static int
5266cin_isfuncdecl(sp, first_lnum)
5267 char_u **sp;
5268 linenr_T first_lnum;
5269{
5270 char_u *s;
5271 linenr_T lnum = first_lnum;
5272 int retval = FALSE;
5273
5274 if (sp == NULL)
5275 s = ml_get(lnum);
5276 else
5277 s = *sp;
5278
5279 while (*s && *s != '(' && *s != ';' && *s != '\'' && *s != '"')
5280 {
5281 if (cin_iscomment(s)) /* ignore comments */
5282 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
5283 else
5284 ++s;
5285 }
5286 if (*s != '(')
5287 return FALSE; /* ';', ' or " before any () or no '(' */
5288
5289 while (*s && *s != ';' && *s != '\'' && *s != '"')
5290 {
5291 if (*s == ')' && cin_nocode(s + 1))
5292 {
5293 /* ')' at the end: may have found a match
5294 * Check for he previous line not to end in a backslash:
5295 * #if defined(x) && \
5296 * defined(y)
5297 */
5298 lnum = first_lnum - 1;
5299 s = ml_get(lnum);
5300 if (*s == NUL || s[STRLEN(s) - 1] != '\\')
5301 retval = TRUE;
5302 goto done;
5303 }
5304 if (*s == ',' && cin_nocode(s + 1))
5305 {
5306 /* ',' at the end: continue looking in the next line */
5307 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
5308 break;
5309
5310 s = ml_get(++lnum);
5311 }
5312 else if (cin_iscomment(s)) /* ignore comments */
5313 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
5314 else
5315 ++s;
5316 }
5317
5318done:
5319 if (lnum != first_lnum && sp != NULL)
5320 *sp = ml_get(first_lnum);
5321
5322 return retval;
5323}
5324
5325 static int
5326cin_isif(p)
5327 char_u *p;
5328{
5329 return (STRNCMP(p, "if", 2) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[2]));
5330}
5331
5332 static int
5333cin_iselse(p)
5334 char_u *p;
5335{
5336 if (*p == '}') /* accept "} else" */
5337 p = cin_skipcomment(p + 1);
5338 return (STRNCMP(p, "else", 4) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[4]));
5339}
5340
5341 static int
5342cin_isdo(p)
5343 char_u *p;
5344{
5345 return (STRNCMP(p, "do", 2) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[2]));
5346}
5347
5348/*
5349 * Check if this is a "while" that should have a matching "do".
5350 * We only accept a "while (condition) ;", with only white space between the
5351 * ')' and ';'. The condition may be spread over several lines.
5352 */
5353 static int
5354cin_iswhileofdo(p, lnum, ind_maxparen) /* XXX */
5355 char_u *p;
5356 linenr_T lnum;
5357 int ind_maxparen;
5358{
5359 pos_T cursor_save;
5360 pos_T *trypos;
5361 int retval = FALSE;
5362
5363 p = cin_skipcomment(p);
5364 if (*p == '}') /* accept "} while (cond);" */
5365 p = cin_skipcomment(p + 1);
5366 if (STRNCMP(p, "while", 5) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[5]))
5367 {
5368 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor;
5369 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
5370 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
5371 p = ml_get_curline();
5372 while (*p && *p != 'w') /* skip any '}', until the 'w' of the "while" */
5373 {
5374 ++p;
5375 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
5376 }
5377 if ((trypos = findmatchlimit(NULL, 0, 0, ind_maxparen)) != NULL
5378 && *cin_skipcomment(ml_get_pos(trypos) + 1) == ';')
5379 retval = TRUE;
5380 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
5381 }
5382 return retval;
5383}
5384
5385 static int
5386cin_isbreak(p)
5387 char_u *p;
5388{
5389 return (STRNCMP(p, "break", 5) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[5]));
5390}
5391
5392/* Find the position of a C++ base-class declaration or
5393 * constructor-initialization. eg:
5394 *
5395 * class MyClass :
5396 * baseClass <-- here
5397 * class MyClass : public baseClass,
5398 * anotherBaseClass <-- here (should probably lineup ??)
5399 * MyClass::MyClass(...) :
5400 * baseClass(...) <-- here (constructor-initialization)
5401 */
5402 static int
5403cin_is_cpp_baseclass(line, col)
5404 char_u *line;
5405 colnr_T *col;
5406{
5407 char_u *s;
5408 int class_or_struct, lookfor_ctor_init, cpp_base_class;
5409
5410 *col = 0;
5411
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00005412 s = skipwhite(line);
5413 if (*s == '#') /* skip #define FOO x ? (x) : x */
5414 return FALSE;
5415 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005416 if (*s == NUL)
5417 return FALSE;
5418
5419 cpp_base_class = lookfor_ctor_init = class_or_struct = FALSE;
5420
5421 while(*s != NUL)
5422 {
5423 if (s[0] == ':')
5424 {
5425 if (s[1] == ':')
5426 {
5427 /* skip double colon. It can't be a constructor
5428 * initialization any more */
5429 lookfor_ctor_init = FALSE;
5430 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 2);
5431 }
5432 else if (lookfor_ctor_init || class_or_struct)
5433 {
5434 /* we have something found, that looks like the start of
5435 * cpp-base-class-declaration or contructor-initialization */
5436 cpp_base_class = TRUE;
5437 lookfor_ctor_init = class_or_struct = FALSE;
5438 *col = 0;
5439 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 1);
5440 }
5441 else
5442 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 1);
5443 }
5444 else if ((STRNCMP(s, "class", 5) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[5]))
5445 || (STRNCMP(s, "struct", 6) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[6])))
5446 {
5447 class_or_struct = TRUE;
5448 lookfor_ctor_init = FALSE;
5449
5450 if (*s == 'c')
5451 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 5);
5452 else
5453 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 6);
5454 }
5455 else
5456 {
5457 if (s[0] == '{' || s[0] == '}' || s[0] == ';')
5458 {
5459 cpp_base_class = lookfor_ctor_init = class_or_struct = FALSE;
5460 }
5461 else if (s[0] == ')')
5462 {
5463 /* Constructor-initialization is assumed if we come across
5464 * something like "):" */
5465 class_or_struct = FALSE;
5466 lookfor_ctor_init = TRUE;
5467 }
5468 else if (!vim_isIDc(s[0]))
5469 {
5470 /* if it is not an identifier, we are wrong */
5471 class_or_struct = FALSE;
5472 lookfor_ctor_init = FALSE;
5473 }
5474 else if (*col == 0)
5475 {
5476 /* it can't be a constructor-initialization any more */
5477 lookfor_ctor_init = FALSE;
5478
5479 /* the first statement starts here: lineup with this one... */
5480 if (cpp_base_class && *col == 0)
5481 *col = (colnr_T)(s - line);
5482 }
5483
5484 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 1);
5485 }
5486 }
5487
5488 return cpp_base_class;
5489}
5490
5491/*
5492 * Return TRUE if string "s" ends with the string "find", possibly followed by
5493 * white space and comments. Skip strings and comments.
5494 * Ignore "ignore" after "find" if it's not NULL.
5495 */
5496 static int
5497cin_ends_in(s, find, ignore)
5498 char_u *s;
5499 char_u *find;
5500 char_u *ignore;
5501{
5502 char_u *p = s;
5503 char_u *r;
5504 int len = (int)STRLEN(find);
5505
5506 while (*p != NUL)
5507 {
5508 p = cin_skipcomment(p);
5509 if (STRNCMP(p, find, len) == 0)
5510 {
5511 r = skipwhite(p + len);
5512 if (ignore != NULL && STRNCMP(r, ignore, STRLEN(ignore)) == 0)
5513 r = skipwhite(r + STRLEN(ignore));
5514 if (cin_nocode(r))
5515 return TRUE;
5516 }
5517 if (*p != NUL)
5518 ++p;
5519 }
5520 return FALSE;
5521}
5522
5523/*
5524 * Skip strings, chars and comments until at or past "trypos".
5525 * Return the column found.
5526 */
5527 static int
5528cin_skip2pos(trypos)
5529 pos_T *trypos;
5530{
5531 char_u *line;
5532 char_u *p;
5533
5534 p = line = ml_get(trypos->lnum);
5535 while (*p && (colnr_T)(p - line) < trypos->col)
5536 {
5537 if (cin_iscomment(p))
5538 p = cin_skipcomment(p);
5539 else
5540 {
5541 p = skip_string(p);
5542 ++p;
5543 }
5544 }
5545 return (int)(p - line);
5546}
5547
5548/*
5549 * Find the '{' at the start of the block we are in.
5550 * Return NULL if no match found.
5551 * Ignore a '{' that is in a comment, makes indenting the next three lines
5552 * work. */
5553/* foo() */
5554/* { */
5555/* } */
5556
5557 static pos_T *
5558find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment) /* XXX */
5559 int ind_maxcomment;
5560{
5561 pos_T cursor_save;
5562 pos_T *trypos;
5563 pos_T *pos;
5564 static pos_T pos_copy;
5565
5566 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor;
5567 while ((trypos = findmatchlimit(NULL, '{', FM_BLOCKSTOP, 0)) != NULL)
5568 {
5569 pos_copy = *trypos; /* copy pos_T, next findmatch will change it */
5570 trypos = &pos_copy;
5571 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos;
5572 pos = NULL;
5573 /* ignore the { if it's in a // comment */
5574 if ((colnr_T)cin_skip2pos(trypos) == trypos->col
5575 && (pos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) == NULL) /* XXX */
5576 break;
5577 if (pos != NULL)
5578 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
5579 }
5580 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
5581 return trypos;
5582}
5583
5584/*
5585 * Find the matching '(', failing if it is in a comment.
5586 * Return NULL of no match found.
5587 */
5588 static pos_T *
5589find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment) /* XXX */
5590 int ind_maxparen;
5591 int ind_maxcomment;
5592{
5593 pos_T cursor_save;
5594 pos_T *trypos;
5595 static pos_T pos_copy;
5596
5597 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor;
5598 if ((trypos = findmatchlimit(NULL, '(', 0, ind_maxparen)) != NULL)
5599 {
5600 /* check if the ( is in a // comment */
5601 if ((colnr_T)cin_skip2pos(trypos) > trypos->col)
5602 trypos = NULL;
5603 else
5604 {
5605 pos_copy = *trypos; /* copy trypos, findmatch will change it */
5606 trypos = &pos_copy;
5607 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos;
5608 if (find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment) != NULL) /* XXX */
5609 trypos = NULL;
5610 }
5611 }
5612 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
5613 return trypos;
5614}
5615
5616/*
5617 * Return ind_maxparen corrected for the difference in line number between the
5618 * cursor position and "startpos". This makes sure that searching for a
5619 * matching paren above the cursor line doesn't find a match because of
5620 * looking a few lines further.
5621 */
5622 static int
5623corr_ind_maxparen(ind_maxparen, startpos)
5624 int ind_maxparen;
5625 pos_T *startpos;
5626{
5627 long n = (long)startpos->lnum - (long)curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
5628
5629 if (n > 0 && n < ind_maxparen / 2)
5630 return ind_maxparen - (int)n;
5631 return ind_maxparen;
5632}
5633
5634/*
5635 * Set w_cursor.col to the column number of the last unmatched ')' or '{' in
5636 * line "l".
5637 */
5638 static int
5639find_last_paren(l, start, end)
5640 char_u *l;
5641 int start, end;
5642{
5643 int i;
5644 int retval = FALSE;
5645 int open_count = 0;
5646
5647 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; /* default is start of line */
5648
5649 for (i = 0; l[i]; i++)
5650 {
5651 i = (int)(cin_skipcomment(l + i) - l); /* ignore parens in comments */
5652 i = (int)(skip_string(l + i) - l); /* ignore parens in quotes */
5653 if (l[i] == start)
5654 ++open_count;
5655 else if (l[i] == end)
5656 {
5657 if (open_count > 0)
5658 --open_count;
5659 else
5660 {
5661 curwin->w_cursor.col = i;
5662 retval = TRUE;
5663 }
5664 }
5665 }
5666 return retval;
5667}
5668
5669 int
5670get_c_indent()
5671{
5672 /*
5673 * spaces from a block's opening brace the prevailing indent for that
5674 * block should be
5675 */
5676 int ind_level = curbuf->b_p_sw;
5677
5678 /*
5679 * spaces from the edge of the line an open brace that's at the end of a
5680 * line is imagined to be.
5681 */
5682 int ind_open_imag = 0;
5683
5684 /*
5685 * spaces from the prevailing indent for a line that is not precededof by
5686 * an opening brace.
5687 */
5688 int ind_no_brace = 0;
5689
5690 /*
5691 * column where the first { of a function should be located }
5692 */
5693 int ind_first_open = 0;
5694
5695 /*
5696 * spaces from the prevailing indent a leftmost open brace should be
5697 * located
5698 */
5699 int ind_open_extra = 0;
5700
5701 /*
5702 * spaces from the matching open brace (real location for one at the left
5703 * edge; imaginary location from one that ends a line) the matching close
5704 * brace should be located
5705 */
5706 int ind_close_extra = 0;
5707
5708 /*
5709 * spaces from the edge of the line an open brace sitting in the leftmost
5710 * column is imagined to be
5711 */
5712 int ind_open_left_imag = 0;
5713
5714 /*
5715 * spaces from the switch() indent a "case xx" label should be located
5716 */
5717 int ind_case = curbuf->b_p_sw;
5718
5719 /*
5720 * spaces from the "case xx:" code after a switch() should be located
5721 */
5722 int ind_case_code = curbuf->b_p_sw;
5723
5724 /*
5725 * lineup break at end of case in switch() with case label
5726 */
5727 int ind_case_break = 0;
5728
5729 /*
5730 * spaces from the class declaration indent a scope declaration label
5731 * should be located
5732 */
5733 int ind_scopedecl = curbuf->b_p_sw;
5734
5735 /*
5736 * spaces from the scope declaration label code should be located
5737 */
5738 int ind_scopedecl_code = curbuf->b_p_sw;
5739
5740 /*
5741 * amount K&R-style parameters should be indented
5742 */
5743 int ind_param = curbuf->b_p_sw;
5744
5745 /*
5746 * amount a function type spec should be indented
5747 */
5748 int ind_func_type = curbuf->b_p_sw;
5749
5750 /*
5751 * amount a cpp base class declaration or constructor initialization
5752 * should be indented
5753 */
5754 int ind_cpp_baseclass = curbuf->b_p_sw;
5755
5756 /*
5757 * additional spaces beyond the prevailing indent a continuation line
5758 * should be located
5759 */
5760 int ind_continuation = curbuf->b_p_sw;
5761
5762 /*
5763 * spaces from the indent of the line with an unclosed parentheses
5764 */
5765 int ind_unclosed = curbuf->b_p_sw * 2;
5766
5767 /*
5768 * spaces from the indent of the line with an unclosed parentheses, which
5769 * itself is also unclosed
5770 */
5771 int ind_unclosed2 = curbuf->b_p_sw;
5772
5773 /*
5774 * suppress ignoring spaces from the indent of a line starting with an
5775 * unclosed parentheses.
5776 */
5777 int ind_unclosed_noignore = 0;
5778
5779 /*
5780 * If the opening paren is the last nonwhite character on the line, and
5781 * ind_unclosed_wrapped is nonzero, use this indent relative to the outer
5782 * context (for very long lines).
5783 */
5784 int ind_unclosed_wrapped = 0;
5785
5786 /*
5787 * suppress ignoring white space when lining up with the character after
5788 * an unclosed parentheses.
5789 */
5790 int ind_unclosed_whiteok = 0;
5791
5792 /*
5793 * indent a closing parentheses under the line start of the matching
5794 * opening parentheses.
5795 */
5796 int ind_matching_paren = 0;
5797
5798 /*
5799 * Extra indent for comments.
5800 */
5801 int ind_comment = 0;
5802
5803 /*
5804 * spaces from the comment opener when there is nothing after it.
5805 */
5806 int ind_in_comment = 3;
5807
5808 /*
5809 * boolean: if non-zero, use ind_in_comment even if there is something
5810 * after the comment opener.
5811 */
5812 int ind_in_comment2 = 0;
5813
5814 /*
5815 * max lines to search for an open paren
5816 */
5817 int ind_maxparen = 20;
5818
5819 /*
5820 * max lines to search for an open comment
5821 */
5822 int ind_maxcomment = 70;
5823
5824 /*
5825 * handle braces for java code
5826 */
5827 int ind_java = 0;
5828
5829 /*
5830 * handle blocked cases correctly
5831 */
5832 int ind_keep_case_label = 0;
5833
5834 pos_T cur_curpos;
5835 int amount;
5836 int scope_amount;
5837 int cur_amount;
5838 colnr_T col;
5839 char_u *theline;
5840 char_u *linecopy;
5841 pos_T *trypos;
5842 pos_T *tryposBrace = NULL;
5843 pos_T our_paren_pos;
5844 char_u *start;
5845 int start_brace;
5846#define BRACE_IN_COL0 1 /* '{' is in comumn 0 */
5847#define BRACE_AT_START 2 /* '{' is at start of line */
5848#define BRACE_AT_END 3 /* '{' is at end of line */
5849 linenr_T ourscope;
5850 char_u *l;
5851 char_u *look;
5852 char_u terminated;
5853 int lookfor;
5854#define LOOKFOR_INITIAL 0
5855#define LOOKFOR_IF 1
5856#define LOOKFOR_DO 2
5857#define LOOKFOR_CASE 3
5858#define LOOKFOR_ANY 4
5859#define LOOKFOR_TERM 5
5860#define LOOKFOR_UNTERM 6
5861#define LOOKFOR_SCOPEDECL 7
5862#define LOOKFOR_NOBREAK 8
5863#define LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS 9
5864#define LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT 10
5865
5866 int whilelevel;
5867 linenr_T lnum;
5868 char_u *options;
5869 int fraction = 0; /* init for GCC */
5870 int divider;
5871 int n;
5872 int iscase;
5873 int lookfor_break;
5874 int cont_amount = 0; /* amount for continuation line */
5875
5876 for (options = curbuf->b_p_cino; *options; )
5877 {
5878 l = options++;
5879 if (*options == '-')
5880 ++options;
5881 n = getdigits(&options);
5882 divider = 0;
5883 if (*options == '.') /* ".5s" means a fraction */
5884 {
5885 fraction = atol((char *)++options);
5886 while (VIM_ISDIGIT(*options))
5887 {
5888 ++options;
5889 if (divider)
5890 divider *= 10;
5891 else
5892 divider = 10;
5893 }
5894 }
5895 if (*options == 's') /* "2s" means two times 'shiftwidth' */
5896 {
5897 if (n == 0 && fraction == 0)
5898 n = curbuf->b_p_sw; /* just "s" is one 'shiftwidth' */
5899 else
5900 {
5901 n *= curbuf->b_p_sw;
5902 if (divider)
5903 n += (curbuf->b_p_sw * fraction + divider / 2) / divider;
5904 }
5905 ++options;
5906 }
5907 if (l[1] == '-')
5908 n = -n;
5909 /* When adding an entry here, also update the default 'cinoptions' in
5910 * change.txt, and add explanation for it! */
5911 switch (*l)
5912 {
5913 case '>': ind_level = n; break;
5914 case 'e': ind_open_imag = n; break;
5915 case 'n': ind_no_brace = n; break;
5916 case 'f': ind_first_open = n; break;
5917 case '{': ind_open_extra = n; break;
5918 case '}': ind_close_extra = n; break;
5919 case '^': ind_open_left_imag = n; break;
5920 case ':': ind_case = n; break;
5921 case '=': ind_case_code = n; break;
5922 case 'b': ind_case_break = n; break;
5923 case 'p': ind_param = n; break;
5924 case 't': ind_func_type = n; break;
5925 case '/': ind_comment = n; break;
5926 case 'c': ind_in_comment = n; break;
5927 case 'C': ind_in_comment2 = n; break;
5928 case 'i': ind_cpp_baseclass = n; break;
5929 case '+': ind_continuation = n; break;
5930 case '(': ind_unclosed = n; break;
5931 case 'u': ind_unclosed2 = n; break;
5932 case 'U': ind_unclosed_noignore = n; break;
5933 case 'W': ind_unclosed_wrapped = n; break;
5934 case 'w': ind_unclosed_whiteok = n; break;
5935 case 'm': ind_matching_paren = n; break;
5936 case ')': ind_maxparen = n; break;
5937 case '*': ind_maxcomment = n; break;
5938 case 'g': ind_scopedecl = n; break;
5939 case 'h': ind_scopedecl_code = n; break;
5940 case 'j': ind_java = n; break;
5941 case 'l': ind_keep_case_label = n; break;
5942 }
5943 }
5944
5945 /* remember where the cursor was when we started */
5946 cur_curpos = curwin->w_cursor;
5947
5948 /* Get a copy of the current contents of the line.
5949 * This is required, because only the most recent line obtained with
5950 * ml_get is valid! */
5951 linecopy = vim_strsave(ml_get(cur_curpos.lnum));
5952 if (linecopy == NULL)
5953 return 0;
5954
5955 /*
5956 * In insert mode and the cursor is on a ')' truncate the line at the
5957 * cursor position. We don't want to line up with the matching '(' when
5958 * inserting new stuff.
5959 * For unknown reasons the cursor might be past the end of the line, thus
5960 * check for that.
5961 */
5962 if ((State & INSERT)
5963 && curwin->w_cursor.col < STRLEN(linecopy)
5964 && linecopy[curwin->w_cursor.col] == ')')
5965 linecopy[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL;
5966
5967 theline = skipwhite(linecopy);
5968
5969 /* move the cursor to the start of the line */
5970
5971 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
5972
5973 /*
5974 * #defines and so on always go at the left when included in 'cinkeys'.
5975 */
5976 if (*theline == '#' && (*linecopy == '#' || in_cinkeys('#', ' ', TRUE)))
5977 {
5978 amount = 0;
5979 }
5980
5981 /*
5982 * Is it a non-case label? Then that goes at the left margin too.
5983 */
5984 else if (cin_islabel(ind_maxcomment)) /* XXX */
5985 {
5986 amount = 0;
5987 }
5988
5989 /*
5990 * If we're inside a "//" comment and there is a "//" comment in a
5991 * previous line, lineup with that one.
5992 */
5993 else if (cin_islinecomment(theline)
5994 && (trypos = find_line_comment()) != NULL) /* XXX */
5995 {
5996 /* find how indented the line beginning the comment is */
5997 getvcol(curwin, trypos, &col, NULL, NULL);
5998 amount = col;
5999 }
6000
6001 /*
6002 * If we're inside a comment and not looking at the start of the
6003 * comment, try using the 'comments' option.
6004 */
6005 else if (!cin_iscomment(theline)
6006 && (trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL) /* XXX */
6007 {
6008 int lead_start_len = 2;
6009 int lead_middle_len = 1;
6010 char_u lead_start[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* start-comment string */
6011 char_u lead_middle[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* middle-comment string */
6012 char_u lead_end[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* end-comment string */
6013 char_u *p;
6014 int start_align = 0;
6015 int start_off = 0;
6016 int done = FALSE;
6017
6018 /* find how indented the line beginning the comment is */
6019 getvcol(curwin, trypos, &col, NULL, NULL);
6020 amount = col;
6021
6022 p = curbuf->b_p_com;
6023 while (*p != NUL)
6024 {
6025 int align = 0;
6026 int off = 0;
6027 int what = 0;
6028
6029 while (*p != NUL && *p != ':')
6030 {
6031 if (*p == COM_START || *p == COM_END || *p == COM_MIDDLE)
6032 what = *p++;
6033 else if (*p == COM_LEFT || *p == COM_RIGHT)
6034 align = *p++;
6035 else if (VIM_ISDIGIT(*p) || *p == '-')
6036 off = getdigits(&p);
6037 else
6038 ++p;
6039 }
6040
6041 if (*p == ':')
6042 ++p;
6043 (void)copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
6044 if (what == COM_START)
6045 {
6046 STRCPY(lead_start, lead_end);
6047 lead_start_len = (int)STRLEN(lead_start);
6048 start_off = off;
6049 start_align = align;
6050 }
6051 else if (what == COM_MIDDLE)
6052 {
6053 STRCPY(lead_middle, lead_end);
6054 lead_middle_len = (int)STRLEN(lead_middle);
6055 }
6056 else if (what == COM_END)
6057 {
6058 /* If our line starts with the middle comment string, line it
6059 * up with the comment opener per the 'comments' option. */
6060 if (STRNCMP(theline, lead_middle, lead_middle_len) == 0
6061 && STRNCMP(theline, lead_end, STRLEN(lead_end)) != 0)
6062 {
6063 done = TRUE;
6064 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
6065 {
6066 /* If the start comment string matches in the previous
6067 * line, use the indent of that line pluss offset. If
6068 * the middle comment string matches in the previous
6069 * line, use the indent of that line. XXX */
6070 look = skipwhite(ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1));
6071 if (STRNCMP(look, lead_start, lead_start_len) == 0)
6072 amount = get_indent_lnum(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1);
6073 else if (STRNCMP(look, lead_middle,
6074 lead_middle_len) == 0)
6075 {
6076 amount = get_indent_lnum(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1);
6077 break;
6078 }
6079 /* If the start comment string doesn't match with the
6080 * start of the comment, skip this entry. XXX */
6081 else if (STRNCMP(ml_get(trypos->lnum) + trypos->col,
6082 lead_start, lead_start_len) != 0)
6083 continue;
6084 }
6085 if (start_off != 0)
6086 amount += start_off;
6087 else if (start_align == COM_RIGHT)
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00006088 amount += vim_strsize(lead_start)
6089 - vim_strsize(lead_middle);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006090 break;
6091 }
6092
6093 /* If our line starts with the end comment string, line it up
6094 * with the middle comment */
6095 if (STRNCMP(theline, lead_middle, lead_middle_len) != 0
6096 && STRNCMP(theline, lead_end, STRLEN(lead_end)) == 0)
6097 {
6098 amount = get_indent_lnum(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1);
6099 /* XXX */
6100 if (off != 0)
6101 amount += off;
6102 else if (align == COM_RIGHT)
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00006103 amount += vim_strsize(lead_start)
6104 - vim_strsize(lead_middle);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006105 done = TRUE;
6106 break;
6107 }
6108 }
6109 }
6110
6111 /* If our line starts with an asterisk, line up with the
6112 * asterisk in the comment opener; otherwise, line up
6113 * with the first character of the comment text.
6114 */
6115 if (done)
6116 ;
6117 else if (theline[0] == '*')
6118 amount += 1;
6119 else
6120 {
6121 /*
6122 * If we are more than one line away from the comment opener, take
6123 * the indent of the previous non-empty line. If 'cino' has "CO"
6124 * and we are just below the comment opener and there are any
6125 * white characters after it line up with the text after it;
6126 * otherwise, add the amount specified by "c" in 'cino'
6127 */
6128 amount = -1;
6129 for (lnum = cur_curpos.lnum - 1; lnum > trypos->lnum; --lnum)
6130 {
6131 if (linewhite(lnum)) /* skip blank lines */
6132 continue;
6133 amount = get_indent_lnum(lnum); /* XXX */
6134 break;
6135 }
6136 if (amount == -1) /* use the comment opener */
6137 {
6138 if (!ind_in_comment2)
6139 {
6140 start = ml_get(trypos->lnum);
6141 look = start + trypos->col + 2; /* skip / and * */
6142 if (*look != NUL) /* if something after it */
6143 trypos->col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(look) - start);
6144 }
6145 getvcol(curwin, trypos, &col, NULL, NULL);
6146 amount = col;
6147 if (ind_in_comment2 || *look == NUL)
6148 amount += ind_in_comment;
6149 }
6150 }
6151 }
6152
6153 /*
6154 * Are we inside parentheses or braces?
6155 */ /* XXX */
6156 else if (((trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment)) != NULL
6157 && ind_java == 0)
6158 || (tryposBrace = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL
6159 || trypos != NULL)
6160 {
6161 if (trypos != NULL && tryposBrace != NULL)
6162 {
6163 /* Both an unmatched '(' and '{' is found. Use the one which is
6164 * closer to the current cursor position, set the other to NULL. */
6165 if (trypos->lnum != tryposBrace->lnum
6166 ? trypos->lnum < tryposBrace->lnum
6167 : trypos->col < tryposBrace->col)
6168 trypos = NULL;
6169 else
6170 tryposBrace = NULL;
6171 }
6172
6173 if (trypos != NULL)
6174 {
6175 /*
6176 * If the matching paren is more than one line away, use the indent of
6177 * a previous non-empty line that matches the same paren.
6178 */
6179 amount = -1;
6180 cur_amount = MAXCOL;
6181 our_paren_pos = *trypos;
6182 for (lnum = cur_curpos.lnum - 1; lnum > our_paren_pos.lnum; --lnum)
6183 {
6184 l = skipwhite(ml_get(lnum));
6185 if (cin_nocode(l)) /* skip comment lines */
6186 continue;
6187 if (cin_ispreproc_cont(&l, &lnum)) /* ignore #defines, #if, etc. */
6188 continue;
6189 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
6190
6191 /* Skip a comment. XXX */
6192 if ((trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
6193 {
6194 lnum = trypos->lnum + 1;
6195 continue;
6196 }
6197
6198 /* XXX */
6199 if ((trypos = find_match_paren(
6200 corr_ind_maxparen(ind_maxparen, &cur_curpos),
6201 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL
6202 && trypos->lnum == our_paren_pos.lnum
6203 && trypos->col == our_paren_pos.col)
6204 {
6205 amount = get_indent_lnum(lnum); /* XXX */
6206
6207 if (theline[0] == ')')
6208 {
6209 if (our_paren_pos.lnum != lnum && cur_amount > amount)
6210 cur_amount = amount;
6211 amount = -1;
6212 }
6213 break;
6214 }
6215 }
6216
6217 /*
6218 * Line up with line where the matching paren is. XXX
6219 * If the line starts with a '(' or the indent for unclosed
6220 * parentheses is zero, line up with the unclosed parentheses.
6221 */
6222 if (amount == -1)
6223 {
6224 amount = skip_label(our_paren_pos.lnum, &look, ind_maxcomment);
6225 if (theline[0] == ')' || ind_unclosed == 0
6226 || (!ind_unclosed_noignore && *skipwhite(look) == '('))
6227 {
6228 /*
6229 * If we're looking at a close paren, line up right there;
6230 * otherwise, line up with the next (non-white) character.
6231 * When ind_unclosed_wrapped is set and the matching paren is
6232 * the last nonwhite character of the line, use either the
6233 * indent of the current line or the indentation of the next
6234 * outer paren and add ind_unclosed_wrapped (for very long
6235 * lines).
6236 */
6237 if (theline[0] != ')')
6238 {
6239 cur_amount = MAXCOL;
6240 l = ml_get(our_paren_pos.lnum);
6241 if (ind_unclosed_wrapped
6242 && cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)"(", NULL))
6243 {
6244 /* look for opening unmatched paren, indent one level
6245 * for each additional level */
6246 n = 1;
6247 for (col = 0; col < our_paren_pos.col; ++col)
6248 {
6249 switch (l[col])
6250 {
6251 case '(':
6252 case '{': ++n;
6253 break;
6254
6255 case ')':
6256 case '}': if (n > 1)
6257 --n;
6258 break;
6259 }
6260 }
6261
6262 our_paren_pos.col = 0;
6263 amount += n * ind_unclosed_wrapped;
6264 }
6265 else if (ind_unclosed_whiteok)
6266 our_paren_pos.col++;
6267 else
6268 {
6269 col = our_paren_pos.col + 1;
6270 while (vim_iswhite(l[col]))
6271 col++;
6272 if (l[col] != NUL) /* In case of trailing space */
6273 our_paren_pos.col = col;
6274 else
6275 our_paren_pos.col++;
6276 }
6277 }
6278
6279 /*
6280 * Find how indented the paren is, or the character after it
6281 * if we did the above "if".
6282 */
6283 if (our_paren_pos.col > 0)
6284 {
6285 getvcol(curwin, &our_paren_pos, &col, NULL, NULL);
6286 if (cur_amount > (int)col)
6287 cur_amount = col;
6288 }
6289 }
6290
6291 if (theline[0] == ')' && ind_matching_paren)
6292 {
6293 /* Line up with the start of the matching paren line. */
6294 }
6295 else if (ind_unclosed == 0 || (!ind_unclosed_noignore
6296 && *skipwhite(look) == '('))
6297 {
6298 if (cur_amount != MAXCOL)
6299 amount = cur_amount;
6300 }
6301 else
6302 {
6303 /* add ind_unclosed2 for each '(' before our matching one */
6304 col = our_paren_pos.col;
6305 while (our_paren_pos.col > 0)
6306 {
6307 --our_paren_pos.col;
6308 switch (*ml_get_pos(&our_paren_pos))
6309 {
6310 case '(': amount += ind_unclosed2;
6311 col = our_paren_pos.col;
6312 break;
6313 case ')': amount -= ind_unclosed2;
6314 col = MAXCOL;
6315 break;
6316 }
6317 }
6318
6319 /* Use ind_unclosed once, when the first '(' is not inside
6320 * braces */
6321 if (col == MAXCOL)
6322 amount += ind_unclosed;
6323 else
6324 {
6325 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = our_paren_pos.lnum;
6326 curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
6327 if ((trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
6328 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
6329 amount += ind_unclosed2;
6330 else
6331 amount += ind_unclosed;
6332 }
6333 /*
6334 * For a line starting with ')' use the minimum of the two
6335 * positions, to avoid giving it more indent than the previous
6336 * lines:
6337 * func_long_name( if (x
6338 * arg && yy
6339 * ) ^ not here ) ^ not here
6340 */
6341 if (cur_amount < amount)
6342 amount = cur_amount;
6343 }
6344 }
6345
6346 /* add extra indent for a comment */
6347 if (cin_iscomment(theline))
6348 amount += ind_comment;
6349 }
6350
6351 /*
6352 * Are we at least inside braces, then?
6353 */
6354 else
6355 {
6356 trypos = tryposBrace;
6357
6358 ourscope = trypos->lnum;
6359 start = ml_get(ourscope);
6360
6361 /*
6362 * Now figure out how indented the line is in general.
6363 * If the brace was at the start of the line, we use that;
6364 * otherwise, check out the indentation of the line as
6365 * a whole and then add the "imaginary indent" to that.
6366 */
6367 look = skipwhite(start);
6368 if (*look == '{')
6369 {
6370 getvcol(curwin, trypos, &col, NULL, NULL);
6371 amount = col;
6372 if (*start == '{')
6373 start_brace = BRACE_IN_COL0;
6374 else
6375 start_brace = BRACE_AT_START;
6376 }
6377 else
6378 {
6379 /*
6380 * that opening brace might have been on a continuation
6381 * line. if so, find the start of the line.
6382 */
6383 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = ourscope;
6384
6385 /*
6386 * position the cursor over the rightmost paren, so that
6387 * matching it will take us back to the start of the line.
6388 */
6389 lnum = ourscope;
6390 if (find_last_paren(start, '(', ')')
6391 && (trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
6392 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
6393 lnum = trypos->lnum;
6394
6395 /*
6396 * It could have been something like
6397 * case 1: if (asdf &&
6398 * ldfd) {
6399 * }
6400 */
6401 if (ind_keep_case_label && cin_iscase(skipwhite(ml_get_curline())))
6402 amount = get_indent();
6403 else
6404 amount = skip_label(lnum, &l, ind_maxcomment);
6405
6406 start_brace = BRACE_AT_END;
6407 }
6408
6409 /*
6410 * if we're looking at a closing brace, that's where
6411 * we want to be. otherwise, add the amount of room
6412 * that an indent is supposed to be.
6413 */
6414 if (theline[0] == '}')
6415 {
6416 /*
6417 * they may want closing braces to line up with something
6418 * other than the open brace. indulge them, if so.
6419 */
6420 amount += ind_close_extra;
6421 }
6422 else
6423 {
6424 /*
6425 * If we're looking at an "else", try to find an "if"
6426 * to match it with.
6427 * If we're looking at a "while", try to find a "do"
6428 * to match it with.
6429 */
6430 lookfor = LOOKFOR_INITIAL;
6431 if (cin_iselse(theline))
6432 lookfor = LOOKFOR_IF;
6433 else if (cin_iswhileofdo(theline, cur_curpos.lnum, ind_maxparen))
6434 /* XXX */
6435 lookfor = LOOKFOR_DO;
6436 if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_INITIAL)
6437 {
6438 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = cur_curpos.lnum;
6439 if (find_match(lookfor, ourscope, ind_maxparen,
6440 ind_maxcomment) == OK)
6441 {
6442 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */
6443 goto theend;
6444 }
6445 }
6446
6447 /*
6448 * We get here if we are not on an "while-of-do" or "else" (or
6449 * failed to find a matching "if").
6450 * Search backwards for something to line up with.
6451 * First set amount for when we don't find anything.
6452 */
6453
6454 /*
6455 * if the '{' is _really_ at the left margin, use the imaginary
6456 * location of a left-margin brace. Otherwise, correct the
6457 * location for ind_open_extra.
6458 */
6459
6460 if (start_brace == BRACE_IN_COL0) /* '{' is in column 0 */
6461 {
6462 amount = ind_open_left_imag;
6463 }
6464 else
6465 {
6466 if (start_brace == BRACE_AT_END) /* '{' is at end of line */
6467 amount += ind_open_imag;
6468 else
6469 {
6470 /* Compensate for adding ind_open_extra later. */
6471 amount -= ind_open_extra;
6472 if (amount < 0)
6473 amount = 0;
6474 }
6475 }
6476
6477 lookfor_break = FALSE;
6478
6479 if (cin_iscase(theline)) /* it's a switch() label */
6480 {
6481 lookfor = LOOKFOR_CASE; /* find a previous switch() label */
6482 amount += ind_case;
6483 }
6484 else if (cin_isscopedecl(theline)) /* private:, ... */
6485 {
6486 lookfor = LOOKFOR_SCOPEDECL; /* class decl is this block */
6487 amount += ind_scopedecl;
6488 }
6489 else
6490 {
6491 if (ind_case_break && cin_isbreak(theline)) /* break; ... */
6492 lookfor_break = TRUE;
6493
6494 lookfor = LOOKFOR_INITIAL;
6495 amount += ind_level; /* ind_level from start of block */
6496 }
6497 scope_amount = amount;
6498 whilelevel = 0;
6499
6500 /*
6501 * Search backwards. If we find something we recognize, line up
6502 * with that.
6503 *
6504 * if we're looking at an open brace, indent
6505 * the usual amount relative to the conditional
6506 * that opens the block.
6507 */
6508 curwin->w_cursor = cur_curpos;
6509 for (;;)
6510 {
6511 curwin->w_cursor.lnum--;
6512 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
6513
6514 /*
6515 * If we went all the way back to the start of our scope, line
6516 * up with it.
6517 */
6518 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum <= ourscope)
6519 {
6520 /* we reached end of scope:
6521 * if looking for a enum or structure initialization
6522 * go further back:
6523 * if it is an initializer (enum xxx or xxx =), then
6524 * don't add ind_continuation, otherwise it is a variable
6525 * declaration:
6526 * int x,
6527 * here; <-- add ind_continuation
6528 */
6529 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT)
6530 {
6531 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == 0
6532 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum
6533 < ourscope - ind_maxparen)
6534 {
6535 /* nothing found (abuse ind_maxparen as limit)
6536 * assume terminated line (i.e. a variable
6537 * initialization) */
6538 if (cont_amount > 0)
6539 amount = cont_amount;
6540 else
6541 amount += ind_continuation;
6542 break;
6543 }
6544
6545 l = ml_get_curline();
6546
6547 /*
6548 * If we're in a comment now, skip to the start of the
6549 * comment.
6550 */
6551 trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment);
6552 if (trypos != NULL)
6553 {
6554 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1;
6555 continue;
6556 }
6557
6558 /*
6559 * Skip preprocessor directives and blank lines.
6560 */
6561 if (cin_ispreproc_cont(&l, &curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
6562 continue;
6563
6564 if (cin_nocode(l))
6565 continue;
6566
6567 terminated = cin_isterminated(l, FALSE, TRUE);
6568
6569 /*
6570 * If we are at top level and the line looks like a
6571 * function declaration, we are done
6572 * (it's a variable declaration).
6573 */
6574 if (start_brace != BRACE_IN_COL0
6575 || !cin_isfuncdecl(&l, curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
6576 {
6577 /* if the line is terminated with another ','
6578 * it is a continued variable initialization.
6579 * don't add extra indent.
6580 * TODO: does not work, if a function
6581 * declaration is split over multiple lines:
6582 * cin_isfuncdecl returns FALSE then.
6583 */
6584 if (terminated == ',')
6585 break;
6586
6587 /* if it es a enum declaration or an assignment,
6588 * we are done.
6589 */
6590 if (terminated != ';' && cin_isinit())
6591 break;
6592
6593 /* nothing useful found */
6594 if (terminated == 0 || terminated == '{')
6595 continue;
6596 }
6597
6598 if (terminated != ';')
6599 {
6600 /* Skip parens and braces. Position the cursor
6601 * over the rightmost paren, so that matching it
6602 * will take us back to the start of the line.
6603 */ /* XXX */
6604 trypos = NULL;
6605 if (find_last_paren(l, '(', ')'))
6606 trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
6607 ind_maxcomment);
6608
6609 if (trypos == NULL && find_last_paren(l, '{', '}'))
6610 trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment);
6611
6612 if (trypos != NULL)
6613 {
6614 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1;
6615 continue;
6616 }
6617 }
6618
6619 /* it's a variable declaration, add indentation
6620 * like in
6621 * int a,
6622 * b;
6623 */
6624 if (cont_amount > 0)
6625 amount = cont_amount;
6626 else
6627 amount += ind_continuation;
6628 }
6629 else if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM)
6630 {
6631 if (cont_amount > 0)
6632 amount = cont_amount;
6633 else
6634 amount += ind_continuation;
6635 }
6636 else if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM
6637 && lookfor != LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS)
6638 {
6639 amount = scope_amount;
6640 if (theline[0] == '{')
6641 amount += ind_open_extra;
6642 }
6643 break;
6644 }
6645
6646 /*
6647 * If we're in a comment now, skip to the start of the comment.
6648 */ /* XXX */
6649 if ((trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
6650 {
6651 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1;
6652 continue;
6653 }
6654
6655 l = ml_get_curline();
6656
6657 /*
6658 * If this is a switch() label, may line up relative to that.
6659 * if this is a C++ scope declaration, do the same.
6660 */
6661 iscase = cin_iscase(l);
6662 if (iscase || cin_isscopedecl(l))
6663 {
6664 /* we are only looking for cpp base class
6665 * declaration/initialization any longer */
6666 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS)
6667 break;
6668
6669 /* When looking for a "do" we are not interested in
6670 * labels. */
6671 if (whilelevel > 0)
6672 continue;
6673
6674 /*
6675 * case xx:
6676 * c = 99 + <- this indent plus continuation
6677 *-> here;
6678 */
6679 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM
6680 || lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT)
6681 {
6682 if (cont_amount > 0)
6683 amount = cont_amount;
6684 else
6685 amount += ind_continuation;
6686 break;
6687 }
6688
6689 /*
6690 * case xx: <- line up with this case
6691 * x = 333;
6692 * case yy:
6693 */
6694 if ( (iscase && lookfor == LOOKFOR_CASE)
6695 || (iscase && lookfor_break)
6696 || (!iscase && lookfor == LOOKFOR_SCOPEDECL))
6697 {
6698 /*
6699 * Check that this case label is not for another
6700 * switch()
6701 */ /* XXX */
6702 if ((trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment)) ==
6703 NULL || trypos->lnum == ourscope)
6704 {
6705 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */
6706 break;
6707 }
6708 continue;
6709 }
6710
6711 n = get_indent_nolabel(curwin->w_cursor.lnum); /* XXX */
6712
6713 /*
6714 * case xx: if (cond) <- line up with this if
6715 * y = y + 1;
6716 * -> s = 99;
6717 *
6718 * case xx:
6719 * if (cond) <- line up with this line
6720 * y = y + 1;
6721 * -> s = 99;
6722 */
6723 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_TERM)
6724 {
6725 if (n)
6726 amount = n;
6727
6728 if (!lookfor_break)
6729 break;
6730 }
6731
6732 /*
6733 * case xx: x = x + 1; <- line up with this x
6734 * -> y = y + 1;
6735 *
6736 * case xx: if (cond) <- line up with this if
6737 * -> y = y + 1;
6738 */
6739 if (n)
6740 {
6741 amount = n;
6742 l = after_label(ml_get_curline());
6743 if (l != NULL && cin_is_cinword(l))
6744 amount += ind_level + ind_no_brace;
6745 break;
6746 }
6747
6748 /*
6749 * Try to get the indent of a statement before the switch
6750 * label. If nothing is found, line up relative to the
6751 * switch label.
6752 * break; <- may line up with this line
6753 * case xx:
6754 * -> y = 1;
6755 */
6756 scope_amount = get_indent() + (iscase /* XXX */
6757 ? ind_case_code : ind_scopedecl_code);
6758 lookfor = ind_case_break ? LOOKFOR_NOBREAK : LOOKFOR_ANY;
6759 continue;
6760 }
6761
6762 /*
6763 * Looking for a switch() label or C++ scope declaration,
6764 * ignore other lines, skip {}-blocks.
6765 */
6766 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_CASE || lookfor == LOOKFOR_SCOPEDECL)
6767 {
6768 if (find_last_paren(l, '{', '}') && (trypos =
6769 find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
6770 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1;
6771 continue;
6772 }
6773
6774 /*
6775 * Ignore jump labels with nothing after them.
6776 */
6777 if (cin_islabel(ind_maxcomment))
6778 {
6779 l = after_label(ml_get_curline());
6780 if (l == NULL || cin_nocode(l))
6781 continue;
6782 }
6783
6784 /*
6785 * Ignore #defines, #if, etc.
6786 * Ignore comment and empty lines.
6787 * (need to get the line again, cin_islabel() may have
6788 * unlocked it)
6789 */
6790 l = ml_get_curline();
6791 if (cin_ispreproc_cont(&l, &curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
6792 || cin_nocode(l))
6793 continue;
6794
6795 /*
6796 * Are we at the start of a cpp base class declaration or
6797 * constructor initialization?
6798 */ /* XXX */
6799 if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM && ind_cpp_baseclass
6800 && cin_is_cpp_baseclass(l, &col))
6801 {
6802 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM)
6803 {
6804 if (cont_amount > 0)
6805 amount = cont_amount;
6806 else
6807 amount += ind_continuation;
6808 }
6809 else if (col == 0 || theline[0] == '{')
6810 {
6811 amount = get_indent();
6812 if (find_last_paren(l, '(', ')')
6813 && (trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
6814 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
6815 amount = get_indent_lnum(trypos->lnum); /* XXX */
6816 if (theline[0] != '{')
6817 amount += ind_cpp_baseclass;
6818 }
6819 else
6820 {
6821 curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
6822 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &col, NULL, NULL);
6823 amount = (int)col;
6824 }
6825 break;
6826 }
6827 else if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS)
6828 {
6829 /* only look, whether there is a cpp base class
6830 * declaration or initialization before the opening brace. */
6831 if (cin_isterminated(l, TRUE, FALSE))
6832 break;
6833 else
6834 continue;
6835 }
6836
6837 /*
6838 * What happens next depends on the line being terminated.
6839 * If terminated with a ',' only consider it terminating if
6840 * there is anoter unterminated statement behind, eg:
6841 * 123,
6842 * sizeof
6843 * here
6844 * Otherwise check whether it is a enumeration or structure
6845 * initialisation (not indented) or a variable declaration
6846 * (indented).
6847 */
6848 terminated = cin_isterminated(l, FALSE, TRUE);
6849
6850 if (terminated == 0 || (lookfor != LOOKFOR_UNTERM
6851 && terminated == ','))
6852 {
6853 /*
6854 * if we're in the middle of a paren thing,
6855 * go back to the line that starts it so
6856 * we can get the right prevailing indent
6857 * if ( foo &&
6858 * bar )
6859 */
6860 /*
6861 * position the cursor over the rightmost paren, so that
6862 * matching it will take us back to the start of the line.
6863 */
6864 (void)find_last_paren(l, '(', ')');
6865 trypos = find_match_paren(
6866 corr_ind_maxparen(ind_maxparen, &cur_curpos),
6867 ind_maxcomment);
6868
6869 /*
6870 * If we are looking for ',', we also look for matching
6871 * braces.
6872 */
6873 if (trypos == NULL && find_last_paren(l, '{', '}'))
6874 trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment);
6875
6876 if (trypos != NULL)
6877 {
6878 /*
6879 * Check if we are on a case label now. This is
6880 * handled above.
6881 * case xx: if ( asdf &&
6882 * asdf)
6883 */
6884 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum;
6885 l = ml_get_curline();
6886 if (cin_iscase(l) || cin_isscopedecl(l))
6887 {
6888 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
6889 continue;
6890 }
6891 }
6892
6893 /*
6894 * Skip over continuation lines to find the one to get the
6895 * indent from
6896 * char *usethis = "bla\
6897 * bla",
6898 * here;
6899 */
6900 if (terminated == ',')
6901 {
6902 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
6903 {
6904 l = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1);
6905 if (*l == NUL || l[STRLEN(l) - 1] != '\\')
6906 break;
6907 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
6908 }
6909 }
6910
6911 /*
6912 * Get indent and pointer to text for current line,
6913 * ignoring any jump label. XXX
6914 */
6915 cur_amount = skip_label(curwin->w_cursor.lnum,
6916 &l, ind_maxcomment);
6917
6918 /*
6919 * If this is just above the line we are indenting, and it
6920 * starts with a '{', line it up with this line.
6921 * while (not)
6922 * -> {
6923 * }
6924 */
6925 if (terminated != ',' && lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM
6926 && theline[0] == '{')
6927 {
6928 amount = cur_amount;
6929 /*
6930 * Only add ind_open_extra when the current line
6931 * doesn't start with a '{', which must have a match
6932 * in the same line (scope is the same). Probably:
6933 * { 1, 2 },
6934 * -> { 3, 4 }
6935 */
6936 if (*skipwhite(l) != '{')
6937 amount += ind_open_extra;
6938
6939 if (ind_cpp_baseclass)
6940 {
6941 /* have to look back, whether it is a cpp base
6942 * class declaration or initialization */
6943 lookfor = LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS;
6944 continue;
6945 }
6946 break;
6947 }
6948
6949 /*
6950 * Check if we are after an "if", "while", etc.
6951 * Also allow " } else".
6952 */
6953 if (cin_is_cinword(l) || cin_iselse(skipwhite(l)))
6954 {
6955 /*
6956 * Found an unterminated line after an if (), line up
6957 * with the last one.
6958 * if (cond)
6959 * 100 +
6960 * -> here;
6961 */
6962 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM
6963 || lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT)
6964 {
6965 if (cont_amount > 0)
6966 amount = cont_amount;
6967 else
6968 amount += ind_continuation;
6969 break;
6970 }
6971
6972 /*
6973 * If this is just above the line we are indenting, we
6974 * are finished.
6975 * while (not)
6976 * -> here;
6977 * Otherwise this indent can be used when the line
6978 * before this is terminated.
6979 * yyy;
6980 * if (stat)
6981 * while (not)
6982 * xxx;
6983 * -> here;
6984 */
6985 amount = cur_amount;
6986 if (theline[0] == '{')
6987 amount += ind_open_extra;
6988 if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM)
6989 {
6990 amount += ind_level + ind_no_brace;
6991 break;
6992 }
6993
6994 /*
6995 * Special trick: when expecting the while () after a
6996 * do, line up with the while()
6997 * do
6998 * x = 1;
6999 * -> here
7000 */
7001 l = skipwhite(ml_get_curline());
7002 if (cin_isdo(l))
7003 {
7004 if (whilelevel == 0)
7005 break;
7006 --whilelevel;
7007 }
7008
7009 /*
7010 * When searching for a terminated line, don't use the
7011 * one between the "if" and the "else".
7012 * Need to use the scope of this "else". XXX
7013 * If whilelevel != 0 continue looking for a "do {".
7014 */
7015 if (cin_iselse(l)
7016 && whilelevel == 0
7017 && ((trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment))
7018 == NULL
7019 || find_match(LOOKFOR_IF, trypos->lnum,
7020 ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment) == FAIL))
7021 break;
7022 }
7023
7024 /*
7025 * If we're below an unterminated line that is not an
7026 * "if" or something, we may line up with this line or
7027 * add someting for a continuation line, depending on
7028 * the line before this one.
7029 */
7030 else
7031 {
7032 /*
7033 * Found two unterminated lines on a row, line up with
7034 * the last one.
7035 * c = 99 +
7036 * 100 +
7037 * -> here;
7038 */
7039 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM)
7040 {
7041 /* When line ends in a comma add extra indent */
7042 if (terminated == ',')
7043 amount += ind_continuation;
7044 break;
7045 }
7046
7047 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT)
7048 {
7049 /* Found two lines ending in ',', lineup with the
7050 * lowest one, but check for cpp base class
7051 * declaration/initialization, if it is an
7052 * opening brace or we are looking just for
7053 * enumerations/initializations. */
7054 if (terminated == ',')
7055 {
7056 if (ind_cpp_baseclass == 0)
7057 break;
7058
7059 lookfor = LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS;
7060 continue;
7061 }
7062
7063 /* Ignore unterminated lines in between, but
7064 * reduce indent. */
7065 if (amount > cur_amount)
7066 amount = cur_amount;
7067 }
7068 else
7069 {
7070 /*
7071 * Found first unterminated line on a row, may
7072 * line up with this line, remember its indent
7073 * 100 +
7074 * -> here;
7075 */
7076 amount = cur_amount;
7077
7078 /*
7079 * If previous line ends in ',', check whether we
7080 * are in an initialization or enum
7081 * struct xxx =
7082 * {
7083 * sizeof a,
7084 * 124 };
7085 * or a normal possible continuation line.
7086 * but only, of no other statement has been found
7087 * yet.
7088 */
7089 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_INITIAL && terminated == ',')
7090 {
7091 lookfor = LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT;
7092 cont_amount = cin_first_id_amount();
7093 }
7094 else
7095 {
7096 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_INITIAL
7097 && *l != NUL
7098 && l[STRLEN(l) - 1] == '\\')
7099 /* XXX */
7100 cont_amount = cin_get_equal_amount(
7101 curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
7102 if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM)
7103 lookfor = LOOKFOR_UNTERM;
7104 }
7105 }
7106 }
7107 }
7108
7109 /*
7110 * Check if we are after a while (cond);
7111 * If so: Ignore until the matching "do".
7112 */
7113 /* XXX */
7114 else if (cin_iswhileofdo(l,
7115 curwin->w_cursor.lnum, ind_maxparen))
7116 {
7117 /*
7118 * Found an unterminated line after a while ();, line up
7119 * with the last one.
7120 * while (cond);
7121 * 100 + <- line up with this one
7122 * -> here;
7123 */
7124 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM
7125 || lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT)
7126 {
7127 if (cont_amount > 0)
7128 amount = cont_amount;
7129 else
7130 amount += ind_continuation;
7131 break;
7132 }
7133
7134 if (whilelevel == 0)
7135 {
7136 lookfor = LOOKFOR_TERM;
7137 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */
7138 if (theline[0] == '{')
7139 amount += ind_open_extra;
7140 }
7141 ++whilelevel;
7142 }
7143
7144 /*
7145 * We are after a "normal" statement.
7146 * If we had another statement we can stop now and use the
7147 * indent of that other statement.
7148 * Otherwise the indent of the current statement may be used,
7149 * search backwards for the next "normal" statement.
7150 */
7151 else
7152 {
7153 /*
7154 * Skip single break line, if before a switch label. It
7155 * may be lined up with the case label.
7156 */
7157 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_NOBREAK
7158 && cin_isbreak(skipwhite(ml_get_curline())))
7159 {
7160 lookfor = LOOKFOR_ANY;
7161 continue;
7162 }
7163
7164 /*
7165 * Handle "do {" line.
7166 */
7167 if (whilelevel > 0)
7168 {
7169 l = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
7170 if (cin_isdo(l))
7171 {
7172 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */
7173 --whilelevel;
7174 continue;
7175 }
7176 }
7177
7178 /*
7179 * Found a terminated line above an unterminated line. Add
7180 * the amount for a continuation line.
7181 * x = 1;
7182 * y = foo +
7183 * -> here;
7184 * or
7185 * int x = 1;
7186 * int foo,
7187 * -> here;
7188 */
7189 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM
7190 || lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT)
7191 {
7192 if (cont_amount > 0)
7193 amount = cont_amount;
7194 else
7195 amount += ind_continuation;
7196 break;
7197 }
7198
7199 /*
7200 * Found a terminated line above a terminated line or "if"
7201 * etc. line. Use the amount of the line below us.
7202 * x = 1; x = 1;
7203 * if (asdf) y = 2;
7204 * while (asdf) ->here;
7205 * here;
7206 * ->foo;
7207 */
7208 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_TERM)
7209 {
7210 if (!lookfor_break && whilelevel == 0)
7211 break;
7212 }
7213
7214 /*
7215 * First line above the one we're indenting is terminated.
7216 * To know what needs to be done look further backward for
7217 * a terminated line.
7218 */
7219 else
7220 {
7221 /*
7222 * position the cursor over the rightmost paren, so
7223 * that matching it will take us back to the start of
7224 * the line. Helps for:
7225 * func(asdr,
7226 * asdfasdf);
7227 * here;
7228 */
7229term_again:
7230 l = ml_get_curline();
7231 if (find_last_paren(l, '(', ')')
7232 && (trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
7233 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
7234 {
7235 /*
7236 * Check if we are on a case label now. This is
7237 * handled above.
7238 * case xx: if ( asdf &&
7239 * asdf)
7240 */
7241 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum;
7242 l = ml_get_curline();
7243 if (cin_iscase(l) || cin_isscopedecl(l))
7244 {
7245 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
7246 continue;
7247 }
7248 }
7249
7250 /* When aligning with the case statement, don't align
7251 * with a statement after it.
7252 * case 1: { <-- don't use this { position
7253 * stat;
7254 * }
7255 * case 2:
7256 * stat;
7257 * }
7258 */
7259 iscase = (ind_keep_case_label && cin_iscase(l));
7260
7261 /*
7262 * Get indent and pointer to text for current line,
7263 * ignoring any jump label.
7264 */
7265 amount = skip_label(curwin->w_cursor.lnum,
7266 &l, ind_maxcomment);
7267
7268 if (theline[0] == '{')
7269 amount += ind_open_extra;
7270 /* See remark above: "Only add ind_open_extra.." */
7271 if (*skipwhite(l) == '{')
7272 amount -= ind_open_extra;
7273 lookfor = iscase ? LOOKFOR_ANY : LOOKFOR_TERM;
7274
7275 /*
7276 * If we're at the end of a block, skip to the start of
7277 * that block.
7278 */
7279 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
7280 if (*cin_skipcomment(l) == '}'
7281 && (trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment))
7282 != NULL) /* XXX */
7283 {
7284 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum;
7285 /* if not "else {" check for terminated again */
7286 /* but skip block for "} else {" */
7287 l = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
7288 if (*l == '}' || !cin_iselse(l))
7289 goto term_again;
7290 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
7291 }
7292 }
7293 }
7294 }
7295 }
7296 }
7297
7298 /* add extra indent for a comment */
7299 if (cin_iscomment(theline))
7300 amount += ind_comment;
7301 }
7302
7303 /*
7304 * ok -- we're not inside any sort of structure at all!
7305 *
7306 * this means we're at the top level, and everything should
7307 * basically just match where the previous line is, except
7308 * for the lines immediately following a function declaration,
7309 * which are K&R-style parameters and need to be indented.
7310 */
7311 else
7312 {
7313 /*
7314 * if our line starts with an open brace, forget about any
7315 * prevailing indent and make sure it looks like the start
7316 * of a function
7317 */
7318
7319 if (theline[0] == '{')
7320 {
7321 amount = ind_first_open;
7322 }
7323
7324 /*
7325 * If the NEXT line is a function declaration, the current
7326 * line needs to be indented as a function type spec.
7327 * Don't do this if the current line looks like a comment
7328 * or if the current line is terminated, ie. ends in ';'.
7329 */
7330 else if (cur_curpos.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count
7331 && !cin_nocode(theline)
7332 && !cin_ends_in(theline, (char_u *)":", NULL)
7333 && !cin_ends_in(theline, (char_u *)",", NULL)
7334 && cin_isfuncdecl(NULL, cur_curpos.lnum + 1)
7335 && !cin_isterminated(theline, FALSE, TRUE))
7336 {
7337 amount = ind_func_type;
7338 }
7339 else
7340 {
7341 amount = 0;
7342 curwin->w_cursor = cur_curpos;
7343
7344 /* search backwards until we find something we recognize */
7345
7346 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
7347 {
7348 curwin->w_cursor.lnum--;
7349 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
7350
7351 l = ml_get_curline();
7352
7353 /*
7354 * If we're in a comment now, skip to the start of the comment.
7355 */ /* XXX */
7356 if ((trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
7357 {
7358 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1;
7359 continue;
7360 }
7361
7362 /*
7363 * Are we at the start of a cpp base class declaration or constructor
7364 * initialization?
7365 */ /* XXX */
7366 if (ind_cpp_baseclass != 0 && theline[0] != '{'
7367 && cin_is_cpp_baseclass(l, &col))
7368 {
7369 if (col == 0)
7370 {
7371 amount = get_indent() + ind_cpp_baseclass; /* XXX */
7372 if (find_last_paren(l, '(', ')')
7373 && (trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
7374 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
7375 amount = get_indent_lnum(trypos->lnum)
7376 + ind_cpp_baseclass; /* XXX */
7377 }
7378 else
7379 {
7380 curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
7381 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &col, NULL, NULL);
7382 amount = (int)col;
7383 }
7384 break;
7385 }
7386
7387 /*
7388 * Skip preprocessor directives and blank lines.
7389 */
7390 if (cin_ispreproc_cont(&l, &curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
7391 continue;
7392
7393 if (cin_nocode(l))
7394 continue;
7395
7396 /*
7397 * If the previous line ends in ',', use one level of
7398 * indentation:
7399 * int foo,
7400 * bar;
7401 * do this before checking for '}' in case of eg.
7402 * enum foobar
7403 * {
7404 * ...
7405 * } foo,
7406 * bar;
7407 */
7408 n = 0;
7409 if (cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)",", NULL)
7410 || (*l != NUL && (n = l[STRLEN(l) - 1]) == '\\'))
7411 {
7412 /* take us back to opening paren */
7413 if (find_last_paren(l, '(', ')')
7414 && (trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
7415 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
7416 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum;
7417
7418 /* For a line ending in ',' that is a continuation line go
7419 * back to the first line with a backslash:
7420 * char *foo = "bla\
7421 * bla",
7422 * here;
7423 */
7424 while (n == 0 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
7425 {
7426 l = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1);
7427 if (*l == NUL || l[STRLEN(l) - 1] != '\\')
7428 break;
7429 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
7430 }
7431
7432 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */
7433
7434 if (amount == 0)
7435 amount = cin_first_id_amount();
7436 if (amount == 0)
7437 amount = ind_continuation;
7438 break;
7439 }
7440
7441 /*
7442 * If the line looks like a function declaration, and we're
7443 * not in a comment, put it the left margin.
7444 */
7445 if (cin_isfuncdecl(NULL, cur_curpos.lnum)) /* XXX */
7446 break;
7447 l = ml_get_curline();
7448
7449 /*
7450 * Finding the closing '}' of a previous function. Put
7451 * current line at the left margin. For when 'cino' has "fs".
7452 */
7453 if (*skipwhite(l) == '}')
7454 break;
7455
7456 /* (matching {)
7457 * If the previous line ends on '};' (maybe followed by
7458 * comments) align at column 0. For example:
7459 * char *string_array[] = { "foo",
7460 * / * x * / "b};ar" }; / * foobar * /
7461 */
7462 if (cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)"};", NULL))
7463 break;
7464
7465 /*
7466 * If the PREVIOUS line is a function declaration, the current
7467 * line (and the ones that follow) needs to be indented as
7468 * parameters.
7469 */
7470 if (cin_isfuncdecl(&l, curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
7471 {
7472 amount = ind_param;
7473 break;
7474 }
7475
7476 /*
7477 * If the previous line ends in ';' and the line before the
7478 * previous line ends in ',' or '\', ident to column zero:
7479 * int foo,
7480 * bar;
7481 * indent_to_0 here;
7482 */
7483 if (cin_ends_in(l, (char_u*)";", NULL))
7484 {
7485 l = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1);
7486 if (cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)",", NULL)
7487 || (*l != NUL && l[STRLEN(l) - 1] == '\\'))
7488 break;
7489 l = ml_get_curline();
7490 }
7491
7492 /*
7493 * Doesn't look like anything interesting -- so just
7494 * use the indent of this line.
7495 *
7496 * Position the cursor over the rightmost paren, so that
7497 * matching it will take us back to the start of the line.
7498 */
7499 find_last_paren(l, '(', ')');
7500
7501 if ((trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
7502 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
7503 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum;
7504 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */
7505 break;
7506 }
7507
7508 /* add extra indent for a comment */
7509 if (cin_iscomment(theline))
7510 amount += ind_comment;
7511
7512 /* add extra indent if the previous line ended in a backslash:
7513 * "asdfasdf\
7514 * here";
7515 * char *foo = "asdf\
7516 * here";
7517 */
7518 if (cur_curpos.lnum > 1)
7519 {
7520 l = ml_get(cur_curpos.lnum - 1);
7521 if (*l != NUL && l[STRLEN(l) - 1] == '\\')
7522 {
7523 cur_amount = cin_get_equal_amount(cur_curpos.lnum - 1);
7524 if (cur_amount > 0)
7525 amount = cur_amount;
7526 else if (cur_amount == 0)
7527 amount += ind_continuation;
7528 }
7529 }
7530 }
7531 }
7532
7533theend:
7534 /* put the cursor back where it belongs */
7535 curwin->w_cursor = cur_curpos;
7536
7537 vim_free(linecopy);
7538
7539 if (amount < 0)
7540 return 0;
7541 return amount;
7542}
7543
7544 static int
7545find_match(lookfor, ourscope, ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment)
7546 int lookfor;
7547 linenr_T ourscope;
7548 int ind_maxparen;
7549 int ind_maxcomment;
7550{
7551 char_u *look;
7552 pos_T *theirscope;
7553 char_u *mightbeif;
7554 int elselevel;
7555 int whilelevel;
7556
7557 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_IF)
7558 {
7559 elselevel = 1;
7560 whilelevel = 0;
7561 }
7562 else
7563 {
7564 elselevel = 0;
7565 whilelevel = 1;
7566 }
7567
7568 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
7569
7570 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > ourscope + 1)
7571 {
7572 curwin->w_cursor.lnum--;
7573 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
7574
7575 look = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
7576 if (cin_iselse(look)
7577 || cin_isif(look)
7578 || cin_isdo(look) /* XXX */
7579 || cin_iswhileofdo(look, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, ind_maxparen))
7580 {
7581 /*
7582 * if we've gone outside the braces entirely,
7583 * we must be out of scope...
7584 */
7585 theirscope = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment); /* XXX */
7586 if (theirscope == NULL)
7587 break;
7588
7589 /*
7590 * and if the brace enclosing this is further
7591 * back than the one enclosing the else, we're
7592 * out of luck too.
7593 */
7594 if (theirscope->lnum < ourscope)
7595 break;
7596
7597 /*
7598 * and if they're enclosed in a *deeper* brace,
7599 * then we can ignore it because it's in a
7600 * different scope...
7601 */
7602 if (theirscope->lnum > ourscope)
7603 continue;
7604
7605 /*
7606 * if it was an "else" (that's not an "else if")
7607 * then we need to go back to another if, so
7608 * increment elselevel
7609 */
7610 look = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
7611 if (cin_iselse(look))
7612 {
7613 mightbeif = cin_skipcomment(look + 4);
7614 if (!cin_isif(mightbeif))
7615 ++elselevel;
7616 continue;
7617 }
7618
7619 /*
7620 * if it was a "while" then we need to go back to
7621 * another "do", so increment whilelevel. XXX
7622 */
7623 if (cin_iswhileofdo(look, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, ind_maxparen))
7624 {
7625 ++whilelevel;
7626 continue;
7627 }
7628
7629 /* If it's an "if" decrement elselevel */
7630 look = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
7631 if (cin_isif(look))
7632 {
7633 elselevel--;
7634 /*
7635 * When looking for an "if" ignore "while"s that
7636 * get in the way.
7637 */
7638 if (elselevel == 0 && lookfor == LOOKFOR_IF)
7639 whilelevel = 0;
7640 }
7641
7642 /* If it's a "do" decrement whilelevel */
7643 if (cin_isdo(look))
7644 whilelevel--;
7645
7646 /*
7647 * if we've used up all the elses, then
7648 * this must be the if that we want!
7649 * match the indent level of that if.
7650 */
7651 if (elselevel <= 0 && whilelevel <= 0)
7652 {
7653 return OK;
7654 }
7655 }
7656 }
7657 return FAIL;
7658}
7659
7660# if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO)
7661/*
7662 * Get indent level from 'indentexpr'.
7663 */
7664 int
7665get_expr_indent()
7666{
7667 int indent;
7668 pos_T pos;
7669 int save_State;
Bram Moolenaard1f56e62006-02-22 21:25:37 +00007670 int use_sandbox = was_set_insecurely((char_u *)"indentexpr",
7671 OPT_LOCAL);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007672
7673 pos = curwin->w_cursor;
7674 set_vim_var_nr(VV_LNUM, curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
Bram Moolenaarb71eaae2006-01-20 23:10:18 +00007675 if (use_sandbox)
7676 ++sandbox;
7677 ++textlock;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007678 indent = eval_to_number(curbuf->b_p_inde);
Bram Moolenaarb71eaae2006-01-20 23:10:18 +00007679 if (use_sandbox)
7680 --sandbox;
7681 --textlock;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007682
7683 /* Restore the cursor position so that 'indentexpr' doesn't need to.
7684 * Pretend to be in Insert mode, allow cursor past end of line for "o"
7685 * command. */
7686 save_State = State;
7687 State = INSERT;
7688 curwin->w_cursor = pos;
7689 check_cursor();
7690 State = save_State;
7691
7692 /* If there is an error, just keep the current indent. */
7693 if (indent < 0)
7694 indent = get_indent();
7695
7696 return indent;
7697}
7698# endif
7699
7700#endif /* FEAT_CINDENT */
7701
7702#if defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(PROTO)
7703
7704static int lisp_match __ARGS((char_u *p));
7705
7706 static int
7707lisp_match(p)
7708 char_u *p;
7709{
7710 char_u buf[LSIZE];
7711 int len;
7712 char_u *word = p_lispwords;
7713
7714 while (*word != NUL)
7715 {
7716 (void)copy_option_part(&word, buf, LSIZE, ",");
7717 len = (int)STRLEN(buf);
7718 if (STRNCMP(buf, p, len) == 0 && p[len] == ' ')
7719 return TRUE;
7720 }
7721 return FALSE;
7722}
7723
7724/*
7725 * When 'p' is present in 'cpoptions, a Vi compatible method is used.
7726 * The incompatible newer method is quite a bit better at indenting
7727 * code in lisp-like languages than the traditional one; it's still
7728 * mostly heuristics however -- Dirk van Deun, dirk@rave.org
7729 *
7730 * TODO:
7731 * Findmatch() should be adapted for lisp, also to make showmatch
7732 * work correctly: now (v5.3) it seems all C/C++ oriented:
7733 * - it does not recognize the #\( and #\) notations as character literals
7734 * - it doesn't know about comments starting with a semicolon
7735 * - it incorrectly interprets '(' as a character literal
7736 * All this messes up get_lisp_indent in some rare cases.
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00007737 * Update from Sergey Khorev:
7738 * I tried to fix the first two issues.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007739 */
7740 int
7741get_lisp_indent()
7742{
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00007743 pos_T *pos, realpos, paren;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007744 int amount;
7745 char_u *that;
7746 colnr_T col;
7747 colnr_T firsttry;
7748 int parencount, quotecount;
7749 int vi_lisp;
7750
7751 /* Set vi_lisp to use the vi-compatible method */
7752 vi_lisp = (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISP) != NULL);
7753
7754 realpos = curwin->w_cursor;
7755 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
7756
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00007757 if ((pos = findmatch(NULL, '(')) == NULL)
7758 pos = findmatch(NULL, '[');
7759 else
7760 {
7761 paren = *pos;
7762 pos = findmatch(NULL, '[');
7763 if (pos == NULL || ltp(pos, &paren))
7764 pos = &paren;
7765 }
7766 if (pos != NULL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007767 {
7768 /* Extra trick: Take the indent of the first previous non-white
7769 * line that is at the same () level. */
7770 amount = -1;
7771 parencount = 0;
7772
7773 while (--curwin->w_cursor.lnum >= pos->lnum)
7774 {
7775 if (linewhite(curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
7776 continue;
7777 for (that = ml_get_curline(); *that != NUL; ++that)
7778 {
7779 if (*that == ';')
7780 {
7781 while (*(that + 1) != NUL)
7782 ++that;
7783 continue;
7784 }
7785 if (*that == '\\')
7786 {
7787 if (*(that + 1) != NUL)
7788 ++that;
7789 continue;
7790 }
7791 if (*that == '"' && *(that + 1) != NUL)
7792 {
7793 that++;
7794 while (*that && (*that != '"' || *(that - 1) == '\\'))
7795 ++that;
7796 }
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00007797 if (*that == '(' || *that == '[')
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007798 ++parencount;
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00007799 else if (*that == ')' || *that == ']')
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007800 --parencount;
7801 }
7802 if (parencount == 0)
7803 {
7804 amount = get_indent();
7805 break;
7806 }
7807 }
7808
7809 if (amount == -1)
7810 {
7811 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
7812 curwin->w_cursor.col = pos->col;
7813 col = pos->col;
7814
7815 that = ml_get_curline();
7816
7817 if (vi_lisp && get_indent() == 0)
7818 amount = 2;
7819 else
7820 {
7821 amount = 0;
7822 while (*that && col)
7823 {
7824 amount += lbr_chartabsize_adv(&that, (colnr_T)amount);
7825 col--;
7826 }
7827
7828 /*
7829 * Some keywords require "body" indenting rules (the
7830 * non-standard-lisp ones are Scheme special forms):
7831 *
7832 * (let ((a 1)) instead (let ((a 1))
7833 * (...)) of (...))
7834 */
7835
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00007836 if (!vi_lisp && (*that == '(' || *that == '[')
7837 && lisp_match(that + 1))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007838 amount += 2;
7839 else
7840 {
7841 that++;
7842 amount++;
7843 firsttry = amount;
7844
7845 while (vim_iswhite(*that))
7846 {
7847 amount += lbr_chartabsize(that, (colnr_T)amount);
7848 ++that;
7849 }
7850
7851 if (*that && *that != ';') /* not a comment line */
7852 {
7853 /* test *that != '(' to accomodate first let/do
7854 * argument if it is more than one line */
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00007855 if (!vi_lisp && *that != '(' && *that != '[')
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007856 firsttry++;
7857
7858 parencount = 0;
7859 quotecount = 0;
7860
7861 if (vi_lisp
7862 || (*that != '"'
7863 && *that != '\''
7864 && *that != '#'
7865 && (*that < '0' || *that > '9')))
7866 {
7867 while (*that
7868 && (!vim_iswhite(*that)
7869 || quotecount
7870 || parencount)
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00007871 && (!((*that == '(' || *that == '[')
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007872 && !quotecount
7873 && !parencount
7874 && vi_lisp)))
7875 {
7876 if (*that == '"')
7877 quotecount = !quotecount;
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00007878 if ((*that == '(' || *that == '[')
7879 && !quotecount)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007880 ++parencount;
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00007881 if ((*that == ')' || *that == ']')
7882 && !quotecount)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007883 --parencount;
7884 if (*that == '\\' && *(that+1) != NUL)
7885 amount += lbr_chartabsize_adv(&that,
7886 (colnr_T)amount);
7887 amount += lbr_chartabsize_adv(&that,
7888 (colnr_T)amount);
7889 }
7890 }
7891 while (vim_iswhite(*that))
7892 {
7893 amount += lbr_chartabsize(that, (colnr_T)amount);
7894 that++;
7895 }
7896 if (!*that || *that == ';')
7897 amount = firsttry;
7898 }
7899 }
7900 }
7901 }
7902 }
7903 else
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00007904 amount = 0; /* no matching '(' or '[' found, use zero indent */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007905
7906 curwin->w_cursor = realpos;
7907
7908 return amount;
7909}
7910#endif /* FEAT_LISP */
7911
7912 void
7913prepare_to_exit()
7914{
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00007915#if defined(SIGHUP) && defined(SIG_IGN)
7916 /* Ignore SIGHUP, because a dropped connection causes a read error, which
7917 * makes Vim exit and then handling SIGHUP causes various reentrance
7918 * problems. */
Bram Moolenaar293ee4d2004-12-09 21:34:53 +00007919 signal(SIGHUP, SIG_IGN);
7920#endif
7921
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007922#ifdef FEAT_GUI
7923 if (gui.in_use)
7924 {
7925 gui.dying = TRUE;
7926 out_trash(); /* trash any pending output */
7927 }
7928 else
7929#endif
7930 {
7931 windgoto((int)Rows - 1, 0);
7932
7933 /*
7934 * Switch terminal mode back now, so messages end up on the "normal"
7935 * screen (if there are two screens).
7936 */
7937 settmode(TMODE_COOK);
7938#ifdef WIN3264
7939 if (can_end_termcap_mode(FALSE) == TRUE)
7940#endif
7941 stoptermcap();
7942 out_flush();
7943 }
7944}
7945
7946/*
7947 * Preserve files and exit.
7948 * When called IObuff must contain a message.
7949 */
7950 void
7951preserve_exit()
7952{
7953 buf_T *buf;
7954
7955 prepare_to_exit();
7956
Bram Moolenaar4770d092006-01-12 23:22:24 +00007957 /* Setting this will prevent free() calls. That avoids calling free()
7958 * recursively when free() was invoked with a bad pointer. */
7959 really_exiting = TRUE;
7960
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007961 out_str(IObuff);
7962 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */
7963 out_flush();
7964
7965 ml_close_notmod(); /* close all not-modified buffers */
7966
7967 for (buf = firstbuf; buf != NULL; buf = buf->b_next)
7968 {
7969 if (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL && buf->b_ml.ml_mfp->mf_fname != NULL)
7970 {
7971 OUT_STR(_("Vim: preserving files...\n"));
7972 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */
7973 out_flush();
7974 ml_sync_all(FALSE, FALSE); /* preserve all swap files */
7975 break;
7976 }
7977 }
7978
7979 ml_close_all(FALSE); /* close all memfiles, without deleting */
7980
7981 OUT_STR(_("Vim: Finished.\n"));
7982
7983 getout(1);
7984}
7985
7986/*
7987 * return TRUE if "fname" exists.
7988 */
7989 int
7990vim_fexists(fname)
7991 char_u *fname;
7992{
7993 struct stat st;
7994
7995 if (mch_stat((char *)fname, &st))
7996 return FALSE;
7997 return TRUE;
7998}
7999
8000/*
8001 * Check for CTRL-C pressed, but only once in a while.
8002 * Should be used instead of ui_breakcheck() for functions that check for
8003 * each line in the file. Calling ui_breakcheck() each time takes too much
8004 * time, because it can be a system call.
8005 */
8006
8007#ifndef BREAKCHECK_SKIP
8008# ifdef FEAT_GUI /* assume the GUI only runs on fast computers */
8009# define BREAKCHECK_SKIP 200
8010# else
8011# define BREAKCHECK_SKIP 32
8012# endif
8013#endif
8014
8015static int breakcheck_count = 0;
8016
8017 void
8018line_breakcheck()
8019{
8020 if (++breakcheck_count >= BREAKCHECK_SKIP)
8021 {
8022 breakcheck_count = 0;
8023 ui_breakcheck();
8024 }
8025}
8026
8027/*
8028 * Like line_breakcheck() but check 10 times less often.
8029 */
8030 void
8031fast_breakcheck()
8032{
8033 if (++breakcheck_count >= BREAKCHECK_SKIP * 10)
8034 {
8035 breakcheck_count = 0;
8036 ui_breakcheck();
8037 }
8038}
8039
8040/*
8041 * Expand wildcards. Calls gen_expand_wildcards() and removes files matching
8042 * 'wildignore'.
Bram Moolenaar362e1a32006-03-06 23:29:24 +00008043 * Returns OK or FAIL.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008044 */
8045 int
8046expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags)
8047 int num_pat; /* number of input patterns */
8048 char_u **pat; /* array of input patterns */
8049 int *num_file; /* resulting number of files */
8050 char_u ***file; /* array of resulting files */
8051 int flags; /* EW_DIR, etc. */
8052{
8053 int retval;
8054 int i, j;
8055 char_u *p;
8056 int non_suf_match; /* number without matching suffix */
8057
8058 retval = gen_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags);
8059
8060 /* When keeping all matches, return here */
8061 if (flags & EW_KEEPALL)
8062 return retval;
8063
8064#ifdef FEAT_WILDIGN
8065 /*
8066 * Remove names that match 'wildignore'.
8067 */
8068 if (*p_wig)
8069 {
8070 char_u *ffname;
8071
8072 /* check all files in (*file)[] */
8073 for (i = 0; i < *num_file; ++i)
8074 {
8075 ffname = FullName_save((*file)[i], FALSE);
8076 if (ffname == NULL) /* out of memory */
8077 break;
8078# ifdef VMS
8079 vms_remove_version(ffname);
8080# endif
8081 if (match_file_list(p_wig, (*file)[i], ffname))
8082 {
8083 /* remove this matching file from the list */
8084 vim_free((*file)[i]);
8085 for (j = i; j + 1 < *num_file; ++j)
8086 (*file)[j] = (*file)[j + 1];
8087 --*num_file;
8088 --i;
8089 }
8090 vim_free(ffname);
8091 }
8092 }
8093#endif
8094
8095 /*
8096 * Move the names where 'suffixes' match to the end.
8097 */
8098 if (*num_file > 1)
8099 {
8100 non_suf_match = 0;
8101 for (i = 0; i < *num_file; ++i)
8102 {
8103 if (!match_suffix((*file)[i]))
8104 {
8105 /*
8106 * Move the name without matching suffix to the front
8107 * of the list.
8108 */
8109 p = (*file)[i];
8110 for (j = i; j > non_suf_match; --j)
8111 (*file)[j] = (*file)[j - 1];
8112 (*file)[non_suf_match++] = p;
8113 }
8114 }
8115 }
8116
8117 return retval;
8118}
8119
8120/*
8121 * Return TRUE if "fname" matches with an entry in 'suffixes'.
8122 */
8123 int
8124match_suffix(fname)
8125 char_u *fname;
8126{
8127 int fnamelen, setsuflen;
8128 char_u *setsuf;
8129#define MAXSUFLEN 30 /* maximum length of a file suffix */
8130 char_u suf_buf[MAXSUFLEN];
8131
8132 fnamelen = (int)STRLEN(fname);
8133 setsuflen = 0;
8134 for (setsuf = p_su; *setsuf; )
8135 {
8136 setsuflen = copy_option_part(&setsuf, suf_buf, MAXSUFLEN, ".,");
8137 if (fnamelen >= setsuflen
8138 && fnamencmp(suf_buf, fname + fnamelen - setsuflen,
8139 (size_t)setsuflen) == 0)
8140 break;
8141 setsuflen = 0;
8142 }
8143 return (setsuflen != 0);
8144}
8145
8146#if !defined(NO_EXPANDPATH) || defined(PROTO)
8147
8148# ifdef VIM_BACKTICK
8149static int vim_backtick __ARGS((char_u *p));
8150static int expand_backtick __ARGS((garray_T *gap, char_u *pat, int flags));
8151# endif
8152
8153# if defined(MSDOS) || defined(FEAT_GUI_W16) || defined(WIN3264)
8154/*
8155 * File name expansion code for MS-DOS, Win16 and Win32. It's here because
8156 * it's shared between these systems.
8157 */
8158# if defined(DJGPP) || defined(PROTO)
8159# define _cdecl /* DJGPP doesn't have this */
8160# else
8161# ifdef __BORLANDC__
8162# define _cdecl _RTLENTRYF
8163# endif
8164# endif
8165
8166/*
8167 * comparison function for qsort in dos_expandpath()
8168 */
8169 static int _cdecl
8170pstrcmp(const void *a, const void *b)
8171{
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00008172 return (pathcmp(*(char **)a, *(char **)b, -1));
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008173}
8174
8175# ifndef WIN3264
8176 static void
8177namelowcpy(
8178 char_u *d,
8179 char_u *s)
8180{
8181# ifdef DJGPP
8182 if (USE_LONG_FNAME) /* don't lower case on Windows 95/NT systems */
8183 while (*s)
8184 *d++ = *s++;
8185 else
8186# endif
8187 while (*s)
8188 *d++ = TOLOWER_LOC(*s++);
8189 *d = NUL;
8190}
8191# endif
8192
8193/*
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008194 * Recursively expand one path component into all matching files and/or
8195 * directories. Adds matches to "gap". Handles "*", "?", "[a-z]", "**", etc.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008196 * Return the number of matches found.
8197 * "path" has backslashes before chars that are not to be expanded, starting
8198 * at "path[wildoff]".
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008199 * Return the number of matches found.
8200 * NOTE: much of this is identical to unix_expandpath(), keep in sync!
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008201 */
8202 static int
8203dos_expandpath(
8204 garray_T *gap,
8205 char_u *path,
8206 int wildoff,
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008207 int flags, /* EW_* flags */
8208 int didstar) /* expaneded "**" once already */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008209{
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008210 char_u *buf;
8211 char_u *path_end;
8212 char_u *p, *s, *e;
8213 int start_len = gap->ga_len;
8214 char_u *pat;
8215 regmatch_T regmatch;
8216 int starts_with_dot;
8217 int matches;
8218 int len;
8219 int starstar = FALSE;
8220 static int stardepth = 0; /* depth for "**" expansion */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008221#ifdef WIN3264
8222 WIN32_FIND_DATA fb;
8223 HANDLE hFind = (HANDLE)0;
8224# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8225 WIN32_FIND_DATAW wfb;
8226 WCHAR *wn = NULL; /* UCS-2 name, NULL when not used. */
8227# endif
8228#else
8229 struct ffblk fb;
8230#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008231 char_u *matchname;
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008232 int ok;
8233
8234 /* Expanding "**" may take a long time, check for CTRL-C. */
8235 if (stardepth > 0)
8236 {
8237 ui_breakcheck();
8238 if (got_int)
8239 return 0;
8240 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008241
8242 /* make room for file name */
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008243 buf = alloc((int)STRLEN(path) + BASENAMELEN + 5);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008244 if (buf == NULL)
8245 return 0;
8246
8247 /*
8248 * Find the first part in the path name that contains a wildcard or a ~1.
8249 * Copy it into buf, including the preceding characters.
8250 */
8251 p = buf;
8252 s = buf;
8253 e = NULL;
8254 path_end = path;
8255 while (*path_end != NUL)
8256 {
8257 /* May ignore a wildcard that has a backslash before it; it will
8258 * be removed by rem_backslash() or file_pat_to_reg_pat() below. */
8259 if (path_end >= path + wildoff && rem_backslash(path_end))
8260 *p++ = *path_end++;
8261 else if (*path_end == '\\' || *path_end == ':' || *path_end == '/')
8262 {
8263 if (e != NULL)
8264 break;
8265 s = p + 1;
8266 }
8267 else if (path_end >= path + wildoff
8268 && vim_strchr((char_u *)"*?[~", *path_end) != NULL)
8269 e = p;
8270#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8271 if (has_mbyte)
8272 {
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00008273 len = (*mb_ptr2len)(path_end);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008274 STRNCPY(p, path_end, len);
8275 p += len;
8276 path_end += len;
8277 }
8278 else
8279#endif
8280 *p++ = *path_end++;
8281 }
8282 e = p;
8283 *e = NUL;
8284
8285 /* now we have one wildcard component between s and e */
8286 /* Remove backslashes between "wildoff" and the start of the wildcard
8287 * component. */
8288 for (p = buf + wildoff; p < s; ++p)
8289 if (rem_backslash(p))
8290 {
8291 STRCPY(p, p + 1);
8292 --e;
8293 --s;
8294 }
8295
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008296 /* Check for "**" between "s" and "e". */
8297 for (p = s; p < e; ++p)
8298 if (p[0] == '*' && p[1] == '*')
8299 starstar = TRUE;
8300
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008301 starts_with_dot = (*s == '.');
8302 pat = file_pat_to_reg_pat(s, e, NULL, FALSE);
8303 if (pat == NULL)
8304 {
8305 vim_free(buf);
8306 return 0;
8307 }
8308
8309 /* compile the regexp into a program */
8310 regmatch.rm_ic = TRUE; /* Always ignore case */
8311 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, RE_MAGIC);
8312 vim_free(pat);
8313
8314 if (regmatch.regprog == NULL)
8315 {
8316 vim_free(buf);
8317 return 0;
8318 }
8319
8320 /* remember the pattern or file name being looked for */
8321 matchname = vim_strsave(s);
8322
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008323 /* If "**" is by itself, this is the first time we encounter it and more
8324 * is following then find matches without any directory. */
8325 if (!didstar && stardepth < 100 && starstar && e - s == 2
8326 && *path_end == '/')
8327 {
8328 STRCPY(s, path_end + 1);
8329 ++stardepth;
8330 (void)dos_expandpath(gap, buf, (int)(s - buf), flags, TRUE);
8331 --stardepth;
8332 }
8333
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008334 /* Scan all files in the directory with "dir/ *.*" */
8335 STRCPY(s, "*.*");
8336#ifdef WIN3264
8337# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8338 if (enc_codepage >= 0 && (int)GetACP() != enc_codepage)
8339 {
8340 /* The active codepage differs from 'encoding'. Attempt using the
8341 * wide function. If it fails because it is not implemented fall back
8342 * to the non-wide version (for Windows 98) */
8343 wn = enc_to_ucs2(buf, NULL);
8344 if (wn != NULL)
8345 {
8346 hFind = FindFirstFileW(wn, &wfb);
8347 if (hFind == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE
8348 && GetLastError() == ERROR_CALL_NOT_IMPLEMENTED)
8349 {
8350 vim_free(wn);
8351 wn = NULL;
8352 }
8353 }
8354 }
8355
8356 if (wn == NULL)
8357# endif
8358 hFind = FindFirstFile(buf, &fb);
8359 ok = (hFind != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE);
8360#else
8361 /* If we are expanding wildcards we try both files and directories */
8362 ok = (findfirst((char *)buf, &fb,
8363 (*path_end != NUL || (flags & EW_DIR)) ? FA_DIREC : 0) == 0);
8364#endif
8365
8366 while (ok)
8367 {
8368#ifdef WIN3264
8369# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8370 if (wn != NULL)
8371 p = ucs2_to_enc(wfb.cFileName, NULL); /* p is allocated here */
8372 else
8373# endif
8374 p = (char_u *)fb.cFileName;
8375#else
8376 p = (char_u *)fb.ff_name;
8377#endif
8378 /* Ignore entries starting with a dot, unless when asked for. Accept
8379 * all entries found with "matchname". */
8380 if ((p[0] != '.' || starts_with_dot)
8381 && (matchname == NULL
8382 || vim_regexec(&regmatch, p, (colnr_T)0)))
8383 {
8384#ifdef WIN3264
8385 STRCPY(s, p);
8386#else
8387 namelowcpy(s, p);
8388#endif
8389 len = (int)STRLEN(buf);
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008390
8391 if (starstar && stardepth < 100)
8392 {
8393 /* For "**" in the pattern first go deeper in the tree to
8394 * find matches. */
8395 STRCPY(buf + len, "/**");
8396 STRCPY(buf + len + 3, path_end);
8397 ++stardepth;
8398 (void)dos_expandpath(gap, buf, len + 1, flags, TRUE);
8399 --stardepth;
8400 }
8401
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008402 STRCPY(buf + len, path_end);
8403 if (mch_has_exp_wildcard(path_end))
8404 {
8405 /* need to expand another component of the path */
8406 /* remove backslashes for the remaining components only */
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008407 (void)dos_expandpath(gap, buf, len + 1, flags, FALSE);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008408 }
8409 else
8410 {
8411 /* no more wildcards, check if there is a match */
8412 /* remove backslashes for the remaining components only */
8413 if (*path_end != 0)
8414 backslash_halve(buf + len + 1);
8415 if (mch_getperm(buf) >= 0) /* add existing file */
8416 addfile(gap, buf, flags);
8417 }
8418 }
8419
8420#ifdef WIN3264
8421# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8422 if (wn != NULL)
8423 {
8424 vim_free(p);
8425 ok = FindNextFileW(hFind, &wfb);
8426 }
8427 else
8428# endif
8429 ok = FindNextFile(hFind, &fb);
8430#else
8431 ok = (findnext(&fb) == 0);
8432#endif
8433
8434 /* If no more matches and no match was used, try expanding the name
8435 * itself. Finds the long name of a short filename. */
8436 if (!ok && matchname != NULL && gap->ga_len == start_len)
8437 {
8438 STRCPY(s, matchname);
8439#ifdef WIN3264
8440 FindClose(hFind);
8441# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8442 if (wn != NULL)
8443 {
8444 vim_free(wn);
8445 wn = enc_to_ucs2(buf, NULL);
8446 if (wn != NULL)
8447 hFind = FindFirstFileW(wn, &wfb);
8448 }
8449 if (wn == NULL)
8450# endif
8451 hFind = FindFirstFile(buf, &fb);
8452 ok = (hFind != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE);
8453#else
8454 ok = (findfirst((char *)buf, &fb,
8455 (*path_end != NUL || (flags & EW_DIR)) ? FA_DIREC : 0) == 0);
8456#endif
8457 vim_free(matchname);
8458 matchname = NULL;
8459 }
8460 }
8461
8462#ifdef WIN3264
8463 FindClose(hFind);
8464# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8465 vim_free(wn);
8466# endif
8467#endif
8468 vim_free(buf);
8469 vim_free(regmatch.regprog);
8470 vim_free(matchname);
8471
8472 matches = gap->ga_len - start_len;
8473 if (matches > 0)
8474 qsort(((char_u **)gap->ga_data) + start_len, (size_t)matches,
8475 sizeof(char_u *), pstrcmp);
8476 return matches;
8477}
8478
8479 int
8480mch_expandpath(
8481 garray_T *gap,
8482 char_u *path,
8483 int flags) /* EW_* flags */
8484{
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008485 return dos_expandpath(gap, path, 0, flags, FALSE);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008486}
8487# endif /* MSDOS || FEAT_GUI_W16 || WIN3264 */
8488
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008489#if (defined(UNIX) && !defined(VMS)) || defined(USE_UNIXFILENAME) \
8490 || defined(PROTO)
8491/*
8492 * Unix style wildcard expansion code.
8493 * It's here because it's used both for Unix and Mac.
8494 */
8495static int pstrcmp __ARGS((const void *, const void *));
8496
8497 static int
8498pstrcmp(a, b)
8499 const void *a, *b;
8500{
8501 return (pathcmp(*(char **)a, *(char **)b, -1));
8502}
8503
8504/*
8505 * Recursively expand one path component into all matching files and/or
8506 * directories. Adds matches to "gap". Handles "*", "?", "[a-z]", "**", etc.
8507 * "path" has backslashes before chars that are not to be expanded, starting
8508 * at "path + wildoff".
8509 * Return the number of matches found.
8510 * NOTE: much of this is identical to dos_expandpath(), keep in sync!
8511 */
8512 int
8513unix_expandpath(gap, path, wildoff, flags, didstar)
8514 garray_T *gap;
8515 char_u *path;
8516 int wildoff;
8517 int flags; /* EW_* flags */
8518 int didstar; /* expanded "**" once already */
8519{
8520 char_u *buf;
8521 char_u *path_end;
8522 char_u *p, *s, *e;
8523 int start_len = gap->ga_len;
8524 char_u *pat;
8525 regmatch_T regmatch;
8526 int starts_with_dot;
8527 int matches;
8528 int len;
8529 int starstar = FALSE;
8530 static int stardepth = 0; /* depth for "**" expansion */
8531
8532 DIR *dirp;
8533 struct dirent *dp;
8534
8535 /* Expanding "**" may take a long time, check for CTRL-C. */
8536 if (stardepth > 0)
8537 {
8538 ui_breakcheck();
8539 if (got_int)
8540 return 0;
8541 }
8542
8543 /* make room for file name */
8544 buf = alloc((int)STRLEN(path) + BASENAMELEN + 5);
8545 if (buf == NULL)
8546 return 0;
8547
8548 /*
8549 * Find the first part in the path name that contains a wildcard.
8550 * Copy it into "buf", including the preceding characters.
8551 */
8552 p = buf;
8553 s = buf;
8554 e = NULL;
8555 path_end = path;
8556 while (*path_end != NUL)
8557 {
8558 /* May ignore a wildcard that has a backslash before it; it will
8559 * be removed by rem_backslash() or file_pat_to_reg_pat() below. */
8560 if (path_end >= path + wildoff && rem_backslash(path_end))
8561 *p++ = *path_end++;
8562 else if (*path_end == '/')
8563 {
8564 if (e != NULL)
8565 break;
8566 s = p + 1;
8567 }
8568 else if (path_end >= path + wildoff
8569 && vim_strchr((char_u *)"*?[{~$", *path_end) != NULL)
8570 e = p;
8571#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8572 if (has_mbyte)
8573 {
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00008574 len = (*mb_ptr2len)(path_end);
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008575 STRNCPY(p, path_end, len);
8576 p += len;
8577 path_end += len;
8578 }
8579 else
8580#endif
8581 *p++ = *path_end++;
8582 }
8583 e = p;
8584 *e = NUL;
8585
8586 /* now we have one wildcard component between "s" and "e" */
8587 /* Remove backslashes between "wildoff" and the start of the wildcard
8588 * component. */
8589 for (p = buf + wildoff; p < s; ++p)
8590 if (rem_backslash(p))
8591 {
8592 STRCPY(p, p + 1);
8593 --e;
8594 --s;
8595 }
8596
8597 /* Check for "**" between "s" and "e". */
8598 for (p = s; p < e; ++p)
8599 if (p[0] == '*' && p[1] == '*')
8600 starstar = TRUE;
8601
8602 /* convert the file pattern to a regexp pattern */
8603 starts_with_dot = (*s == '.');
8604 pat = file_pat_to_reg_pat(s, e, NULL, FALSE);
8605 if (pat == NULL)
8606 {
8607 vim_free(buf);
8608 return 0;
8609 }
8610
8611 /* compile the regexp into a program */
Bram Moolenaarcc016f52005-12-10 20:23:46 +00008612#ifdef CASE_INSENSITIVE_FILENAME
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008613 regmatch.rm_ic = TRUE; /* Behave like Terminal.app */
8614#else
8615 regmatch.rm_ic = FALSE; /* Don't ever ignore case */
8616#endif
8617 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, RE_MAGIC);
8618 vim_free(pat);
8619
8620 if (regmatch.regprog == NULL)
8621 {
8622 vim_free(buf);
8623 return 0;
8624 }
8625
8626 /* If "**" is by itself, this is the first time we encounter it and more
8627 * is following then find matches without any directory. */
8628 if (!didstar && stardepth < 100 && starstar && e - s == 2
8629 && *path_end == '/')
8630 {
8631 STRCPY(s, path_end + 1);
8632 ++stardepth;
8633 (void)unix_expandpath(gap, buf, (int)(s - buf), flags, TRUE);
8634 --stardepth;
8635 }
8636
8637 /* open the directory for scanning */
8638 *s = NUL;
8639 dirp = opendir(*buf == NUL ? "." : (char *)buf);
8640
8641 /* Find all matching entries */
8642 if (dirp != NULL)
8643 {
8644 for (;;)
8645 {
8646 dp = readdir(dirp);
8647 if (dp == NULL)
8648 break;
8649 if ((dp->d_name[0] != '.' || starts_with_dot)
8650 && vim_regexec(&regmatch, (char_u *)dp->d_name, (colnr_T)0))
8651 {
8652 STRCPY(s, dp->d_name);
8653 len = STRLEN(buf);
8654
8655 if (starstar && stardepth < 100)
8656 {
8657 /* For "**" in the pattern first go deeper in the tree to
8658 * find matches. */
8659 STRCPY(buf + len, "/**");
8660 STRCPY(buf + len + 3, path_end);
8661 ++stardepth;
8662 (void)unix_expandpath(gap, buf, len + 1, flags, TRUE);
8663 --stardepth;
8664 }
8665
8666 STRCPY(buf + len, path_end);
8667 if (mch_has_exp_wildcard(path_end)) /* handle more wildcards */
8668 {
8669 /* need to expand another component of the path */
8670 /* remove backslashes for the remaining components only */
8671 (void)unix_expandpath(gap, buf, len + 1, flags, FALSE);
8672 }
8673 else
8674 {
8675 /* no more wildcards, check if there is a match */
8676 /* remove backslashes for the remaining components only */
8677 if (*path_end != NUL)
8678 backslash_halve(buf + len + 1);
8679 if (mch_getperm(buf) >= 0) /* add existing file */
8680 {
Bram Moolenaar95e9b492006-03-15 23:04:43 +00008681#ifdef MACOS_CONVERT
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008682 size_t precomp_len = STRLEN(buf)+1;
8683 char_u *precomp_buf =
8684 mac_precompose_path(buf, precomp_len, &precomp_len);
Bram Moolenaar95e9b492006-03-15 23:04:43 +00008685
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008686 if (precomp_buf)
8687 {
8688 mch_memmove(buf, precomp_buf, precomp_len);
8689 vim_free(precomp_buf);
8690 }
8691#endif
8692 addfile(gap, buf, flags);
8693 }
8694 }
8695 }
8696 }
8697
8698 closedir(dirp);
8699 }
8700
8701 vim_free(buf);
8702 vim_free(regmatch.regprog);
8703
8704 matches = gap->ga_len - start_len;
8705 if (matches > 0)
8706 qsort(((char_u **)gap->ga_data) + start_len, matches,
8707 sizeof(char_u *), pstrcmp);
8708 return matches;
8709}
8710#endif
8711
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008712/*
8713 * Generic wildcard expansion code.
8714 *
8715 * Characters in "pat" that should not be expanded must be preceded with a
8716 * backslash. E.g., "/path\ with\ spaces/my\*star*"
8717 *
8718 * Return FAIL when no single file was found. In this case "num_file" is not
8719 * set, and "file" may contain an error message.
8720 * Return OK when some files found. "num_file" is set to the number of
8721 * matches, "file" to the array of matches. Call FreeWild() later.
8722 */
8723 int
8724gen_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags)
8725 int num_pat; /* number of input patterns */
8726 char_u **pat; /* array of input patterns */
8727 int *num_file; /* resulting number of files */
8728 char_u ***file; /* array of resulting files */
8729 int flags; /* EW_* flags */
8730{
8731 int i;
8732 garray_T ga;
8733 char_u *p;
8734 static int recursive = FALSE;
8735 int add_pat;
8736
8737 /*
8738 * expand_env() is called to expand things like "~user". If this fails,
8739 * it calls ExpandOne(), which brings us back here. In this case, always
8740 * call the machine specific expansion function, if possible. Otherwise,
8741 * return FAIL.
8742 */
8743 if (recursive)
8744#ifdef SPECIAL_WILDCHAR
8745 return mch_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags);
8746#else
8747 return FAIL;
8748#endif
8749
8750#ifdef SPECIAL_WILDCHAR
8751 /*
8752 * If there are any special wildcard characters which we cannot handle
8753 * here, call machine specific function for all the expansion. This
8754 * avoids starting the shell for each argument separately.
8755 * For `=expr` do use the internal function.
8756 */
8757 for (i = 0; i < num_pat; i++)
8758 {
8759 if (vim_strpbrk(pat[i], (char_u *)SPECIAL_WILDCHAR) != NULL
8760# ifdef VIM_BACKTICK
8761 && !(vim_backtick(pat[i]) && pat[i][1] == '=')
8762# endif
8763 )
8764 return mch_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags);
8765 }
8766#endif
8767
8768 recursive = TRUE;
8769
8770 /*
8771 * The matching file names are stored in a growarray. Init it empty.
8772 */
8773 ga_init2(&ga, (int)sizeof(char_u *), 30);
8774
8775 for (i = 0; i < num_pat; ++i)
8776 {
8777 add_pat = -1;
8778 p = pat[i];
8779
8780#ifdef VIM_BACKTICK
8781 if (vim_backtick(p))
8782 add_pat = expand_backtick(&ga, p, flags);
8783 else
8784#endif
8785 {
8786 /*
8787 * First expand environment variables, "~/" and "~user/".
8788 */
8789 if (vim_strpbrk(p, (char_u *)"$~") != NULL)
8790 {
8791 p = expand_env_save(p);
8792 if (p == NULL)
8793 p = pat[i];
8794#ifdef UNIX
8795 /*
8796 * On Unix, if expand_env() can't expand an environment
8797 * variable, use the shell to do that. Discard previously
8798 * found file names and start all over again.
8799 */
8800 else if (vim_strpbrk(p, (char_u *)"$~") != NULL)
8801 {
8802 vim_free(p);
8803 ga_clear(&ga);
8804 i = mch_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file,
8805 flags);
8806 recursive = FALSE;
8807 return i;
8808 }
8809#endif
8810 }
8811
8812 /*
8813 * If there are wildcards: Expand file names and add each match to
8814 * the list. If there is no match, and EW_NOTFOUND is given, add
8815 * the pattern.
8816 * If there are no wildcards: Add the file name if it exists or
8817 * when EW_NOTFOUND is given.
8818 */
8819 if (mch_has_exp_wildcard(p))
8820 add_pat = mch_expandpath(&ga, p, flags);
8821 }
8822
8823 if (add_pat == -1 || (add_pat == 0 && (flags & EW_NOTFOUND)))
8824 {
8825 char_u *t = backslash_halve_save(p);
8826
8827#if defined(MACOS_CLASSIC)
8828 slash_to_colon(t);
8829#endif
8830 /* When EW_NOTFOUND is used, always add files and dirs. Makes
8831 * "vim c:/" work. */
8832 if (flags & EW_NOTFOUND)
8833 addfile(&ga, t, flags | EW_DIR | EW_FILE);
8834 else if (mch_getperm(t) >= 0)
8835 addfile(&ga, t, flags);
8836 vim_free(t);
8837 }
8838
8839 if (p != pat[i])
8840 vim_free(p);
8841 }
8842
8843 *num_file = ga.ga_len;
8844 *file = (ga.ga_data != NULL) ? (char_u **)ga.ga_data : (char_u **)"";
8845
8846 recursive = FALSE;
8847
8848 return (ga.ga_data != NULL) ? OK : FAIL;
8849}
8850
8851# ifdef VIM_BACKTICK
8852
8853/*
8854 * Return TRUE if we can expand this backtick thing here.
8855 */
8856 static int
8857vim_backtick(p)
8858 char_u *p;
8859{
8860 return (*p == '`' && *(p + 1) != NUL && *(p + STRLEN(p) - 1) == '`');
8861}
8862
8863/*
8864 * Expand an item in `backticks` by executing it as a command.
8865 * Currently only works when pat[] starts and ends with a `.
8866 * Returns number of file names found.
8867 */
8868 static int
8869expand_backtick(gap, pat, flags)
8870 garray_T *gap;
8871 char_u *pat;
8872 int flags; /* EW_* flags */
8873{
8874 char_u *p;
8875 char_u *cmd;
8876 char_u *buffer;
8877 int cnt = 0;
8878 int i;
8879
8880 /* Create the command: lop off the backticks. */
8881 cmd = vim_strnsave(pat + 1, (int)STRLEN(pat) - 2);
8882 if (cmd == NULL)
8883 return 0;
8884
8885#ifdef FEAT_EVAL
8886 if (*cmd == '=') /* `={expr}`: Expand expression */
Bram Moolenaar362e1a32006-03-06 23:29:24 +00008887 buffer = eval_to_string(cmd + 1, &p, TRUE);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008888 else
8889#endif
Bram Moolenaarc0197e22004-09-13 20:26:32 +00008890 buffer = get_cmd_output(cmd, NULL,
8891 (flags & EW_SILENT) ? SHELL_SILENT : 0);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008892 vim_free(cmd);
8893 if (buffer == NULL)
8894 return 0;
8895
8896 cmd = buffer;
8897 while (*cmd != NUL)
8898 {
8899 cmd = skipwhite(cmd); /* skip over white space */
8900 p = cmd;
8901 while (*p != NUL && *p != '\r' && *p != '\n') /* skip over entry */
8902 ++p;
8903 /* add an entry if it is not empty */
8904 if (p > cmd)
8905 {
8906 i = *p;
8907 *p = NUL;
8908 addfile(gap, cmd, flags);
8909 *p = i;
8910 ++cnt;
8911 }
8912 cmd = p;
8913 while (*cmd != NUL && (*cmd == '\r' || *cmd == '\n'))
8914 ++cmd;
8915 }
8916
8917 vim_free(buffer);
8918 return cnt;
8919}
8920# endif /* VIM_BACKTICK */
8921
8922/*
8923 * Add a file to a file list. Accepted flags:
8924 * EW_DIR add directories
8925 * EW_FILE add files
Bram Moolenaar1f35bf92006-03-07 22:38:47 +00008926 * EW_EXEC add executable files
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008927 * EW_NOTFOUND add even when it doesn't exist
8928 * EW_ADDSLASH add slash after directory name
8929 */
8930 void
8931addfile(gap, f, flags)
8932 garray_T *gap;
8933 char_u *f; /* filename */
8934 int flags;
8935{
8936 char_u *p;
8937 int isdir;
8938
8939 /* if the file/dir doesn't exist, may not add it */
8940 if (!(flags & EW_NOTFOUND) && mch_getperm(f) < 0)
8941 return;
8942
8943#ifdef FNAME_ILLEGAL
8944 /* if the file/dir contains illegal characters, don't add it */
8945 if (vim_strpbrk(f, (char_u *)FNAME_ILLEGAL) != NULL)
8946 return;
8947#endif
8948
8949 isdir = mch_isdir(f);
8950 if ((isdir && !(flags & EW_DIR)) || (!isdir && !(flags & EW_FILE)))
8951 return;
8952
Bram Moolenaar1f35bf92006-03-07 22:38:47 +00008953 /* If the file isn't executable, may not add it. Do accept directories. */
8954 if (!isdir && (flags & EW_EXEC) && !mch_can_exe(f))
8955 return;
8956
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008957 /* Make room for another item in the file list. */
8958 if (ga_grow(gap, 1) == FAIL)
8959 return;
8960
8961 p = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(f) + 1 + isdir));
8962 if (p == NULL)
8963 return;
8964
8965 STRCPY(p, f);
8966#ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME
8967 slash_adjust(p);
8968#endif
8969 /*
8970 * Append a slash or backslash after directory names if none is present.
8971 */
8972#ifndef DONT_ADD_PATHSEP_TO_DIR
8973 if (isdir && (flags & EW_ADDSLASH))
8974 add_pathsep(p);
8975#endif
8976 ((char_u **)gap->ga_data)[gap->ga_len++] = p;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008977}
8978#endif /* !NO_EXPANDPATH */
8979
8980#if defined(VIM_BACKTICK) || defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO)
8981
8982#ifndef SEEK_SET
8983# define SEEK_SET 0
8984#endif
8985#ifndef SEEK_END
8986# define SEEK_END 2
8987#endif
8988
8989/*
8990 * Get the stdout of an external command.
8991 * Returns an allocated string, or NULL for error.
8992 */
8993 char_u *
Bram Moolenaarc0197e22004-09-13 20:26:32 +00008994get_cmd_output(cmd, infile, flags)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008995 char_u *cmd;
Bram Moolenaarc0197e22004-09-13 20:26:32 +00008996 char_u *infile; /* optional input file name */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008997 int flags; /* can be SHELL_SILENT */
8998{
8999 char_u *tempname;
9000 char_u *command;
9001 char_u *buffer = NULL;
9002 int len;
9003 int i = 0;
9004 FILE *fd;
9005
9006 if (check_restricted() || check_secure())
9007 return NULL;
9008
9009 /* get a name for the temp file */
9010 if ((tempname = vim_tempname('o')) == NULL)
9011 {
9012 EMSG(_(e_notmp));
9013 return NULL;
9014 }
9015
9016 /* Add the redirection stuff */
Bram Moolenaarc0197e22004-09-13 20:26:32 +00009017 command = make_filter_cmd(cmd, infile, tempname);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009018 if (command == NULL)
9019 goto done;
9020
9021 /*
9022 * Call the shell to execute the command (errors are ignored).
9023 * Don't check timestamps here.
9024 */
9025 ++no_check_timestamps;
9026 call_shell(command, SHELL_DOOUT | SHELL_EXPAND | flags);
9027 --no_check_timestamps;
9028
9029 vim_free(command);
9030
9031 /*
9032 * read the names from the file into memory
9033 */
9034# ifdef VMS
9035 /* created temporary file is not allways readable as binary */
9036 fd = mch_fopen((char *)tempname, "r");
9037# else
9038 fd = mch_fopen((char *)tempname, READBIN);
9039# endif
9040
9041 if (fd == NULL)
9042 {
9043 EMSG2(_(e_notopen), tempname);
9044 goto done;
9045 }
9046
9047 fseek(fd, 0L, SEEK_END);
9048 len = ftell(fd); /* get size of temp file */
9049 fseek(fd, 0L, SEEK_SET);
9050
9051 buffer = alloc(len + 1);
9052 if (buffer != NULL)
9053 i = (int)fread((char *)buffer, (size_t)1, (size_t)len, fd);
9054 fclose(fd);
9055 mch_remove(tempname);
9056 if (buffer == NULL)
9057 goto done;
9058#ifdef VMS
9059 len = i; /* VMS doesn't give us what we asked for... */
9060#endif
9061 if (i != len)
9062 {
9063 EMSG2(_(e_notread), tempname);
9064 vim_free(buffer);
9065 buffer = NULL;
9066 }
9067 else
9068 buffer[len] = '\0'; /* make sure the buffer is terminated */
9069
9070done:
9071 vim_free(tempname);
9072 return buffer;
9073}
9074#endif
9075
9076/*
9077 * Free the list of files returned by expand_wildcards() or other expansion
9078 * functions.
9079 */
9080 void
9081FreeWild(count, files)
9082 int count;
9083 char_u **files;
9084{
9085 if (files == NULL || count <= 0)
9086 return;
9087#if defined(__EMX__) && defined(__ALWAYS_HAS_TRAILING_NULL_POINTER) /* XXX */
9088 /*
9089 * Is this still OK for when other functions than expand_wildcards() have
9090 * been used???
9091 */
9092 _fnexplodefree((char **)files);
9093#else
9094 while (count--)
9095 vim_free(files[count]);
9096 vim_free(files);
9097#endif
9098}
9099
9100/*
9101 * return TRUE when need to go to Insert mode because of 'insertmode'.
9102 * Don't do this when still processing a command or a mapping.
9103 * Don't do this when inside a ":normal" command.
9104 */
9105 int
9106goto_im()
9107{
9108 return (p_im && stuff_empty() && typebuf_typed());
9109}